Corporations Act Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1990, Chapter C.38
Notes:
a) Not all the provisions of the Act pertain to Trent Radio, being a corporation 
without share capital.  Parts and sections specifically or generally relations to 
such corporations are marked (*)

b) This act is revised from time to time.  This copy was rendered on 17 July 2000 from a web page found at;
        http://209.195.107.57/en/index.html
TITLE or PART
Section #
Definitions
1
-
2
*
PART I Corporations, Incorporation & Name
3
-
16
*
PART II Companies
17
-
116
*
PART III Corporations Without Share Capital
117
-
133
*
PART IV Mining Companies
134
-
139
PART V Insurance Corporations
140
-
227
 
PART VI Winding Up
228
-
271
*
PART VII Corporations, General
272
-
334
*
Schedule        

	                             Corporations Act
             Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1990, Chapter C.38

AMENDED BY: 1992, C. 32, S. 6; 1993, C. 16, S. 3; 1993, C. 27, SCHED.;
1994, C. 11, S. 384; 1994, C. 17, S. 31; 1994, C. 27, S. 78; 1997, C. 19,
S. 31; 1997, C. 28, SS. 50, 51; 1998, C. 18, SCHED. E, SS. 59-82. 1.

Definitions

     1. In this Act,

     "books" includes loose-leaf books where reasonable precautions are
      taken against the misuse of them; ("livres")

     "Commission" means the Ontario Securities Commission; ("Commission")

     "company" means a corporation with share capital; ("compagnie")

     "corporation" means a corporation with or without share capital, but
      in Part III "corporation" means a corporation without share
      capital; ("personne morale")

     "court" means the Ontario Court (General Division); ("tribunal")

     "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council to whom the
      administration of this Act is assigned by the Lieutenant Governor
      in Council; ("ministre")

     "officer" means president, chair of the board of directors, vice-
      president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant
      treasurer, manager or any other person designated an officer by by-
      law of the corporation; ("dirigeant")

     "private company" means a company as to which by its special Act,
      letters patent or supplementary letters patent,

       (a)the right to transfer its shares is restricted,

       (b)the number of its shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in
       the employment of the company, is limited to fifty, two or more
       persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a
       single shareholder, and

       (c)any invitation to the public to subscribe for its shares or
       securities is prohibited; ("compagnie ferm,e")

     "public company" means a company that is not a private company;
      ("compagnie ouverte")

     "registers" includes loose-leaf registers where reasonable
      precautions are taken against the misuse of them; ("registres")

     "securities" means the bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other
      like liabilities of a corporation whether constituting a charge on
      its property or not; ("valeurs mobiliSres")

     "special resolution" means a resolution passed by the directors and
      confirmed with or without variation by at least two-thirds of the
      votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders or members of
      the corporation duly called for that purpose, or, in lieu of such
      confirmation, by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or
      members entitled to vote at such meeting. ("r,solution sp,ciale")
      R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 1.

2. Application

     2. This Act does not apply to a company to which the Business
     Corporations Act or the Co-operative Corporations Act applies.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 2.

                   PART I
                   CORPORATIONS, INCORPORATION AND NAME

3. Application

     3. This Part, except where it is otherwise expressly provided,
     applies,

          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper
          Canada;

          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada
          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and
          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of
          the Legislature extends; and

          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Legislature,

     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the
     construction and working of a railway, an incline railway or a
     street railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan
     and Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 3.

4.(1) Incorporation by letters patent

     4.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion, by
     letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer
     than three, of eighteen or more years of age, who apply therefor,
     constituting them and any others who become shareholders or members
     of the corporation thereby created a corporation for any of the
     objects to which the authority of the Legislature extends, except
     those of railway and incline railway and street railway corporations
     and corporations within the meaning of the Loan and Trust
     Corporations Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 4 (1).

4.(2)

     4.(2) REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (1).

4.(3) Incorporation of private company with limited objects

     4.(3) Despite subsection (1), a private company may be incorporated
     under this Act with power to lend and invest money on mortgage of
     real estate or otherwise, or with power to accept and execute the
     office of liquidator, receiver, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or
     trustee for the benefit of creditors and to accept the duty of and
     to act generally in the winding up of corporations, partnerships and
     estates, other than estates of deceased persons, and shall not by
     reason thereof be deemed to be a corporation within the meaning of
     the Loan and Trust Corporations Act, but the number of its
     shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the
     company, shall be limited by its letters patent or supplementary
     letters patent to five, two or more persons holding one or more
     shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder, and no such
     company shall issue securities except to its shareholders, or borrow
     money on the security of its property except from its shareholders,
     or receive money on deposit. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 4 (3).

5.(1) Supplementary letters patent

     5.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion issue
     supplementary letters patent to any corporation that applies
     therefor amending or otherwise altering or modifying its letters
     patent or prior supplementary letters patent.

5.(2) No supplementary letters patent if corporation in default

     5.(2) Despite subsection (1), the Lieutenant Governor shall not
     issue supplementary letters patent to a corporation that is in
     default of a filing requirement under the Corporations Information
     Act or that has any unpaid fees or penalties outstanding.

5.(3) Commencement

     5.(3)  Subsection (2) comes into force on a day to be named by
     proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 5.

6. Powers of Minister

     6. The Minister may in his or her discretion and under the seal of
     his or her office have, use, exercise and enjoy any power, right or
     authority conferred by this Act on the Lieutenant Governor, but not
     those conferred on the Lieutenant Governor in Council. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 6.

7. Sufficiency of material to be established

     7. An applicant under this Act shall establish to the satisfaction
     of the Minister the sufficiency of the application and all documents
     filed therewith and shall furnish such evidence regarding the
     application as the Minister considers proper. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 7.

8. Proof under oath

     8. The Minister or any person in his or her ministry to whom an
     application is referred may take evidence under oath with respect
     thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 8.

9. Variation of terms of application

     9. On an application for letters patent, supplementary letters
     patent or an order, the Lieutenant Governor may give the corporation
     a name different from its proposed or existing name, may vary the
     objects or other provisions of the application and may impose such
     conditions as he or she considers proper. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 9.

10. Defects in form not to invalidate letters patent

     10. The provisions of this Act relating to matters preliminary to
     the issue of letters patent or supplementary letters patent or an
     order are directory only, and no letters patent or supplementary
     letters patent or order are void or voidable on account of any
     irregularity or insufficiency in any matter preliminary to the issue
     thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 10.

11.

     11. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (2).

12.(1) Commencement of existence

     12.(1) A corporation comes into existence on the date of the letters
     patent incorporating it.

12.(2) Effective date of letters patent, etc.

     12.(2)  Letters patent of incorporation, letters patent of
     continuation, letters patent of amalgamation and supplementary
     letters patent, issued under this Act or any predecessor thereof,
     take effect on the date set forth therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 12.

13.(1) Corporate name

     13.(1) A corporation shall not be given a name,

          (a) that is the same as or similar to the name of a known
          corporation, association, partnership, individual or business
          if its use would be likely to deceive, except where the
          corporation, association, partnership, individual or person
          consents in writing that its, his or her name in whole or in
          part be granted, and, if required by the Minister,

              (i) in the case of a corporation, undertakes to dissolve or
              change its name within six months after the incorporation
              of the new corporation, or

              (ii) in the case of an association, partnership or
              individual, undertakes to cease to carry on its, his or her
              business or activities, or change its, his or her name,
              within six months after the incorporation of the new
              corporation;

          (b) that suggests or implies a connection with the Crown or any
          member of the Royal Family or the Government of Canada or the
          government of any province of Canada or any department, branch,
          bureau, service, agency or activity of any such government
          without the consent in writing of the appropriate authority;

          (c) that, when the objects applied for are of a political
          nature, suggests or implies a connection with a political party
          or a leader of a political party;

          (d) that is objectionable on any public grounds. R.S.O. 1990,
          c. C.38, s. 13 (1).

13.(2) Change of name

     13.(2) If a corporation, through inadvertence or otherwise, has
     acquired a name that is objectionable, the Minister may, after
     giving the corporation an opportunity to be heard, issue
     supplementary letters patent changing the name of the corporation to
     the name specified in the supplementary letters patent.

13.(2.1) Written hearing

     13.(2.1) A hearing under subsection (2) shall be in writing in
     accordance with rules made by the Minister under the Statutory
     Powers Procedure Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 59.

13.(3) Reference to court

     13.(3) A person who feels aggrieved as a result of the giving of a
     name under subsection (1) or the changing or refusing to change a
     name under subsection (2) may, upon at least seven days notice to
     the Minister and to such other persons as the court directs, apply
     to the court for a review of the matter, and the court may make an
     order changing the name of the corporation to such name as it
     considers proper or may dismiss the application.

13.(4) Filing

     13.(4) A copy of an order made under subsection (3), certified under
     the seal of the court, shall be filed with the Minister by the
     corporation within ten days after it is made.

13.(5) Offence

     13.(5) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (4) is
     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $200, and every director or officer of the corporation who
     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of
     an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 13 (3-5).

14. Change not to affect rights, etc.

     14. A change in the name of a corporation does not affect its rights
     or obligations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 14.

15. Unauthorized use of "Limited", etc.

     15. A person, partnership or association that trades or carries on a
     business or undertaking under a name in which "Limited", "Limit,e",
     "Incorporated", "Incorpor,e", or "Corporation" or any abbreviation
     thereof is used, unless incorporated, is guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 15.

16.(1) Corrected letters patent, etc.

     16.(1) If letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued
     under this Act or a predecessor of this Act contain an error, the
     directors or members of the corporation may apply to the Minister
     for corrected letters patent or corrected supplementary letters
     patent.

16.(2) Same

     16.(2) The Minister, on his or her own initiative or on an
     application under subsection (1), may issue corrected letters patent
     or corrected supplementary letters patent.

16.(3) Surrender of documents

     16.(3) The corporation shall surrender the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent which are being corrected,

          (a)at the time of making an application under subsection (1); or

          (b)forthwith upon the request of the Minister if he or she is
          issuing the correcting documents on his or her own initiative.

16.(4) Conditions

     16.(4) The Minister may issue the corrected letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent subject to such conditions as he or she
     may impose.

16.(5) Date of corrections

     16.(5) Corrected letters patent or supplementary letters patent may
     bear the date of the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     which are being replaced. 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (3).

                                PART II
                                COMPANIES

17. Application

     17. Subject to section 2 and except where it is otherwise expressly
     provided, this Part applies,

          (a) to every company incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper
          Canada;

          (b) to every company incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada
          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and
          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of
          the Legislature extends; and

          (c) to every company incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Legislature,

     but this Part does not apply to a company, incorporated for the
     construction and working of a railway, an incline railway or a
     street railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan
     and Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 17.

18.(1) Application for incorporation

     18.(1) The applicants for incorporation of a company shall file with
     the Lieutenant Governor an application showing:

            1. The names in full, the place or residence and the calling
            of each of the applicants.

            2. The name of the company to be incorporated.

            3. The objects for which the company is to be incorporated.

            4. The place in Ontario where the head office of the company
            is to be situate.

            5. The authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any,
            into which it is to be divided, the number of shares of each
            class, and the par value of each share, or, where the shares
            are to be without par value, the consideration, if any,
            exceeding which each share or the aggregate consideration, if
            any, exceeding which all the shares of each class may not be
            issued.

            6. Where there are to be preference shares, the preferences,
            rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions
            attaching to them or each class of them.

            7. Where the company is to be a private company, a statement
            to that effect and the restrictions to be placed on the
            transfer of its shares.

            8. The names of the applicants who are to be the first
            directors of the company.

            9. The class and number of shares to be taken by each
            applicant and the amount to be paid therefor.

            10. Any other matters that the applicants desire to have
            included in the letters patent.

18.(2)Idem

     18.(2) The applicants may ask to have included in the letters patent
     any provision that could be the subject of a by-law of the company.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 18.

19. Original shareholders

     19. Upon incorporation of a company, each applicant becomes a
     shareholder holding the class and number of shares stated in the
     application to be taken by the applicant and is liable to the
     company for the amount to be paid therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 19.

20.(1) Use of word "Limited"

     20. 20.(1) The name of a company shall have the word "Limited" or
     "Limit,e" as the last word thereof, but a company may use the
     abbreviation "Ltd." or "Lt,e" and may be referred to in the same
     manner.

20.(2) Not applicable to insurers

     20.(2) This section does not apply to insurers incorporated under
     Part V. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 20.

21.(1) Use of name

     21. 21.(1) Where a company or a director, officer or employee
     thereof uses the name of the company, the word "Limited" or
     "Limit,e", or the abbreviation "Ltd." or "Lt,e", shall appear as the
     last word thereof.

21.(2) Exception

     21.(2) Stamping, writing, printing or otherwise marking on goods,
     wares and merchandise of the company or upon packages containing the
     same shall not be deemed a use of the name within the meaning of
     subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (1, 2).

21.(3)Idem

     21.(3) A private company shall have the words "private company" or
     the words "compagnie ferm,e" on its seal, if it has a seal. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (3); 1993, c. 27, Sched.; 1998, c. 18, Sched.
     E, s. 60.

21.(4)Offence

     21.(4) A company that contravenes any requirement of this section
     and every director, officer or employee of the company who
     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such contravention is
     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 21 (4).

22. Use of name

     22. Despite subsection 20 (1) and section 21, a company may use its
     name in such form and in such language as the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent provide. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 22.

23.(1) Incidental powers

     23.(1) A company possesses, as incidental and ancillary to the
     objects set out in the letters patent or supplementary letters
     patent, power,

          (a) to carry on any other business capable of being
          conveniently carried on in connection with its business or
          likely to enhance the value of or make profitable any of its
          property or rights;

          (b) to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the
          business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on
          any business that the company is authorized to carry on;

          (c) to apply for, register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold,
          use, control, license, sell, assign or dispose of patents,
          patent rights, copyrights, trade marks, formulae, licences,
          inventions, processes, distinctive marks and similar rights;

          (d) to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for
          sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint
          adventure, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person
          or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or
          engage in any business or transaction that the company is
          authorized to carry on or engage in or any business or
          transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the
          company, and to lend money to, guarantee the contracts of, or
          otherwise assist any such person or company, and to take or
          otherwise acquire shares and securities of any such company,
          and to sell, hold, reissue, with or without guarantee, or
          otherwise deal with the same;

          (e) to take or otherwise acquire and hold shares in any other
          company having objects altogether or in part similar to those
          of the company or carrying on any business capable of being
          conducted so as to benefit the company;

          (f) to enter into arrangements with any public authority that
          seem conducive to the company's objects and obtain from any
          such authority any rights, privileges or concessions;

          (g) to establish and support or aid in the establishment and
          support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the
          benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its
          predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such
          employees or former employees, and grant pensions and
          allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any
          object similar to those set forth in this clause, and subscribe
          or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational or
          religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public,
          general or useful objects;

          (h) to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or
          taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company,
          or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;

          (i) to purchase, lease or take in exchange, hire or otherwise
          acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that
          the company may think necessary or convenient for the purposes
          of its business;

          (j) to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or
          control any roads, ways, tramways, branches, sidings, bridges,
          reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses,
          electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences
          that may advance the company's interests, and to contribute to,
          subsidize or otherwise assist or take part in the construction,
          improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or
          control thereof;

          (k) to raise and assist in raising money for, and to aid by way
          of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise,
          any person or company with whom the company may have business
          relations or any of whose shares, securities or other
          obligations are held by the company and to guarantee the
          performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of
          any such person or company, and in particular to guarantee the
          payment of the principal of and interest on securities,
          mortgages and liabilities of any such person or company;

          (l) to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue
          bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants
          and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

          (m) to sell, lease, exchange or dispose of the undertaking of
          the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially
          as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks
          fit, and in particular for shares or securities of any other
          company having objects altogether or in part similar to those
          of the company, if authorized so to do by a special resolution;

          (n) to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose
          of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the
          company in the ordinary course of its business;

          (o) to adopt such means of making known the products of the
          company as seems expedient, and in particular by advertising in
          the press, by circulars, by purchase and exhibition of works of
          art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals or by
          granting prizes and rewards or making donations;

          (p) to cause the company to be registered and recognized in any
          foreign country or province or territory of Canada, and to
          designate persons therein according to the laws of such foreign
          country or province or territory to represent the company and
          to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any
          process or suit;

          (q) to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in
          payment or part payment of any property purchased or otherwise
          acquired by the company or for any past services rendered to
          the company;

          (r) to distribute among the shareholders of the company in
          money, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of
          dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable,
          any property of the company, but no such distribution shall
          decrease the capital of the company unless made in accordance
          with this Act;

          (s) to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the
          incorporation and organization of the company;

          (t) to invest and deal with the money of the company not
          immediately required for its objects in such manner as may be
          determined;

          (u) to do any of the above things and all things authorized by
          the letters patent and supplementary letters patent as
          principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and
          either alone or in conjunction with others;

          (v) to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive
          to the attainment of the above objects and of the objects set
          out in the letters patent and supplementary letters patent.

23.(2) Powers may be withheld

     23.(2) Any of the powers set out in subsection (1) may be withheld
     or limited by the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 23.

24.(1) Loans to shareholders and directors

     24.(1) Except as provided in subsection (2), a company shall not
     make loans to any of its shareholders or directors or give, directly
     or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of
     security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of,
     or in connection with, a purchase made or to be made by any person
     of any shares of the company.

24.(2) Exceptions

     24.(2) A company may,

          (a) make loans to any of its shareholders or directors in the
          ordinary course of its business where the making of loans is
          part of the ordinary business of the company;

          (b) make loans to full-time employees of the company whether or
          not they are shareholders or directors, with a view to enabling
          them to purchase or erect dwelling houses for their own
          occupation, and may take from such employees mortgages or other
          securities for the repayment of such loans;

          (c) provide, in accordance with a scheme for the time being in
          force, money by way of loan for the purchase by trustees of
          fully-paid shares of the company, to be held by or for the
          benefit of employees of the company, whether or not they are
          shareholders or directors;

          (d) make loans to employees of the company, other than
          directors, whether or not they are shareholders, with a view to
          enabling them to purchase fully-paid shares of the company to
          be held by them by way of beneficial ownership; or

          (e) if it is a private company, make loans to any of its
          shareholders or directors with a view to enabling them to
          purchase issued shares of the company.

24.(3) By by-law only

     24.(3) The power mentioned in clause (2) (b), (c), (d) or (e) may be
     exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by the
     directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at
     a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering
     the by-law.

24.(4) Liability of directors

     24.(4) Every director and officer of a company making or assenting
     to a loan in contravention of this section is, until repayment of
     the loan, jointly and severally liable to the company and to its
     creditors for the debts of the company then existing or thereafter
     contracted to the amount of the loan with interest at the rate of 5
     per cent per year. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 24.

25.(1) Authorized capital

     25.(1) The authorized capital of a company shall be divided into
     shares with par value or without par value or both and may consist
     of shares of more than one class.

25.(2) Par shares

     25.(2) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its
     authorized capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or
     other currency in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the number of
     shares of each class multiplied by the par value thereof.

25.(3) No par or par and no par shares

     25.(3) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where
     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par
     value, its authorized capital shall be expressed as a specified
     number of shares in the letters patent or supplementary letters
     patent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 25 (1-3).

25.(4) Consideration for no par shares

     25.(4) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where
     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par
     value, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent may
     provide that each share without par value or the shares of each
     class of shares without par value are not to be issued for a
     consideration exceeding in amount or value a stated amount in
     dollars, pounds, francs or other currency, and the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent may provide, in addition, that such
     share or shares may be issued for such greater amount as the board
     of directors of the company considers expedient. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 25 (4); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (4).

26. Nature of shares

     26. Each share of a class shall be the same in all respects as every
     other share of that class. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 26.

27.(1) More than one class of shares

     27. 27.(1) If a company has more than one class of shares, one class
     shall be common shares designated as such and the other class or
     classes shall be preference shares howsoever designated.

27.(2) Application

     27.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to shares authorized before the
     30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 27.

28.(1) Preference shares

     28.(1) If a company has more than one class of shares, the letters
     patent or supplementary letters patent shall provide that the
     preference shares of a class confer upon the holders thereof a
     preference or right over the holders of shares of another class,
     either preference or common, and such preference or right, without
     limiting the nature thereof, may be in respect of dividends,
     repayment of capital, the right to elect part of the board of
     directors or the right to convert such shares into shares of another
     class or other classes of shares or into securities.

28.(2) Conditions, etc.

     28.(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a
     company may provide that the preference shares of a class may have
     attached thereto conditions, restrictions, limitations or
     prohibitions including, but without limiting the nature thereof, the
     right of the company to purchase for cancellation or at its option
     to redeem all or part of the shares of that class or conditions,
     restrictions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote.

28.(3) Redemption by shareholders

     28.(3) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so
     provide or if a by-law creating preference shares passed and
     confirmed before the 30th day of April, 1954, so provides, any
     preference shares of a class may be redeemed by the company at the
     request of a holder or of a number or proportion of such holders.

28.(4) No par preference shares not to be redeemed

     28.(4) Preference shares without par value do not have a preference
     in respect of the repayment of capital and are not subject to
     redemption or purchase for cancellation.

28.(5) Redemption of par value preference shares

     28.(5) Where preference shares with par value are to be redeemed,
     they shall be redeemed at the amount paid up thereon, but, if the
     letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide or if a
     by-law creating preference shares passed and confirmed before the
     30th day of April, 1954, so provides, a premium, unpaid dividends or
     other stated amount may be paid.

28.(6)Redemption at actual value

     28.(6) Despite subsection (5), if the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent so provide, the preference shares of a
     class may be redeemed out of money set aside in a fund for such
     purpose at a price as near as may be to the actual value thereof,
     and the method of determining such actual value shall be set out in
     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.

28.(7)Redemption of part

     28.(7) Where the preference shares of a class are made redeemable by
     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent and where at any
     time some but not all of such shares are to be redeemed, the shares
     to be redeemed shall, except as provided in subsections (8) and (9),
     be selected by lot in such manner as the board of directors
     determines or as nearly as may be in proportion to the number of
     shares registered in the name of each shareholder.

28.(8)Redemption of all or part

     28.(8) Where at least 95 per cent of the holders of the preference
     shares of a class holding at least 95 per cent of the issued shares
     of such class consent in writing and where, after twenty-one days
     notice has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders
     of shares of such class to the holder's last address as shown on the
     books of the company, none of the holders of shares of such class
     dissents in writing to the company, the company may redeem all or
     any of such shares in such manner as the board of directors
     determines.

28.(9) Redemption of preference shares of private company

     28.(9) Where a holder of preference shares of a private company dies
     or leaves its employment, it may within one year of such event
     redeem all or any of the preference shares held by the deceased
     shareholder or former employee.

28.(10) Power to withhold

     28.(10) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a
     company may withhold any of the powers set out in subsection (7),
     (8) or (9).

28.(11) Purchase of preference shares by company

     28.(11) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     provide that the preference shares may be purchased for cancellation
     by the company, the company may purchase some or all of such shares
     at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such
     shares are obtainable, but not exceeding the amount paid up thereon;
     but, if the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so
     provide, a premium, unpaid dividends or other stated amount may be
     paid.

28.(12) Insolvency

     28.(12) Preference shares shall not be redeemed or purchased for
     cancellation by the company if the company is insolvent or if the
     redemption or purchase would render the company insolvent.

28.(13) Effect of redemption

     28.(13) Where preference shares are redeemed or purchased for
     cancellation by the company, they shall be thereby cancelled, and
     the authorized and the issued capital of the company shall be
     thereby decreased.

28.(14) Conversion of preference shares

     28.(14) Where preference shares are converted into the same or
     another number of shares of another class or classes, whether
     preference or common, the shares converted thereupon become the same
     in all respects as the shares of the class or classes respectively
     into which they are converted and the number of shares of each class
     affected by the conversion is changed accordingly.

28.(15) Issued capital unchanged on conversion

     28.(15) Where preference shares are converted into another class or
     other classes of shares, the issued capital of the company shall not
     be increased or decreased by the conversion.

28.(16) Application

     28.(16) Subsections (1), (4), (7), (8), (9) and (11) do not apply to
     shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 28.

29.(1) Preference shares in series

     29.(1) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a
     company may authorize the issue from time to time in one or more
     series of the preference shares of a class and may authorize the
     directors to fix from time to time before such issue the
     designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions,
     limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of each series
     of such class.

29.(2) Voting rights

     29.(2) The shares of all series of the same class of preference
     shares shall carry the same voting rights or the same restrictions,
     conditions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote.

29.(3) Dividends

     29.(3) Where any dividends or amounts payable on a repayment of
     capital are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the same
     class of preference shares shall participate rateably in respect of
     such dividends, including accumulations, if any, in accordance with
     the sums that would be payable on such shares if all such dividends
     were declared and paid in full, and on any repayment of capital in
     accordance with the sums that would be payable on such repayment of
     capital if all sums so payable were paid in full.

29.(4) Conditions precedent to issue

     29.(4) No shares of any series of a class of preference shares shall
     be issued until supplementary letters patent have been issued
     setting forth the designation, preferences, rights, conditions,
     restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of
     such series except in the case of the first series if such
     designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions,
     limitations or prohibitions have been set forth in the letters
     patent or prior supplementary letters patent.

29.(5) Issue of supplementary letters patent

     29.(5) The Lieutenant Governor may issue such supplementary letters
     patent on the application of the company authorized by a resolution
     of the directors fixing the designation, preferences, rights,
     conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to
     the shares of such series and the filing with the Minister of
     evidence of the due compliance with the conditions, if any,
     contained in the letters patent or in any prior supplementary
     letters patent, precedent to the creation and issue of the shares of
     such series. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 29.

30.(1) Voting rights

     30.(1) Subject to subsection 28 (2), every holder of a preference
     share or a common share is entitled to one vote for each preference
     share or each common share held by the holder at all meetings of the
     shareholders of the company, but this subsection does not apply to
     shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954.

30.(2) Votes

     30.(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent may
     provide for a greater number of votes for each share of a class or
     classes at all times or on the happening of a stated event. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 30.

31.(1) Issued capital, par value shares

     31.(1) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its issued
     capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or other
     currency and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the
     number of issued shares of each class multiplied by the par value
     thereof.

31.(2) No par value shares, etc.

     31.(2) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where
     part of its shares are with par value and part are without par
     value, its issued capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds,
     francs or other currency and is an amount equal to the total of the
     products of the number of issued shares of each class with par value
     multiplied by the par value thereof, together with the amount of the
     consideration for which the shares without par value from time to
     time outstanding were issued and together with such amounts as from
     time to time by by-law of the company may be transferred thereto.

31.(3)Idem

     31.(3) Nothing in subsection (2) affects the capital of a company in
     respect of shares without par value issued before the 30th day of
     April, 1954, if the letters patent or the supplementary letters
     patent of the company provide that the capital is to be at least
     equal to the sum of the aggregate par value of all issued shares
     having par value plus a sum in dollars, pounds, francs or other
     currency in respect of every issued share without par value plus
     such amounts as from time to time by by-law of the company may be
     transferred thereto.

31.(4)Idem

     31.(4) Where, before the 30th day of April, 1954, a company has set
     aside part of the consideration received upon the allotment and
     issue of shares without par value as distributable surplus, the
     amount of such distributable surplus does not form part of its
     issued capital. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 31.

32.(1) Issue of shares

     32. 32.(1) In the absence of a provision to the contrary in the
     letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the
     company, shares may be allotted and issued at such times and in such
     manner and to such persons or class of persons as the directors
     determine.

32.(2) Consideration, par value shares

     32.(2) Shares with par value shall not be allotted and issued as
     fully paid except for a consideration payable in cash at least 
     equal to the product of the number of shares allotted and issued
     multiplied by the par value thereof or for a consideration payable 
     directly or indirectly in property or past services which the 
     directors in good faith determine by express resolution to be in
     all circumstances of the transaction the fair equivalent of such
     cash consideration.

32.(3) Consideration, no par shares

     32.(3) Shares without par value may be allotted and issued for such
     consideration as is fixed by the directors acting in good faith and
     in the best interests of the company.

32.(4) Idem

     32.(4) Shares without par value shall not be allotted and issued as
     fully paid except for the consideration fixed by the directors as
     aforesaid payable in cash to the total amount of the consideration
     so fixed or for a consideration payable directly or indirectly in
     property or past services which the directors in good faith
     determine by express resolution to be in all circumstances of the
     transaction the fair equivalent of such cash consideration.

32.(5) Holders not liable to creditors, etc.

     32.(5) Shares allotted and issued in accordance with this section
     shall be fully paid and non-assessable upon receipt by the company
     of the consideration for the allotment and issue thereof, and upon
     such receipt the holders of such shares are not liable to the
     company or to its creditors in respect thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 32.

33.(1) Commission on sale of shares

     33. 33.(1) The directors may pass by-laws for the payment of
     commissions to persons in consideration of their subscribing or
     agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for
     shares in the company, or procuring or agreeing to procure
     subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional for such shares, but
     no such commission shall exceed 25 per cent of the amount of the
     subscription.

33.(2) Commission by-laws to be confirmed

     33.(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it
     is confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general
     meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.

33.(3) No unauthorized commissions

     33.(3) Except as provided in subsection (1), no company shall apply
     any of its shares or capital, either directly or indirectly, in
     payment of any commission, discount or allowance to any person in
     consideration of the person's subscribing or agreeing to subscribe,
     whether absolutely or conditionally, for shares of the company or
     procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or
     conditional, for such shares, whether the shares or capital is so
     applied by being added to the purchase money of any property
     acquired by the company or to the contract price of any work to be
     executed for the company, or is paid out of the nominal purchase
     money or contract price or otherwise. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 33.

34.(1) Supplementary letters patent

     34.(1) A company may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue
     of supplementary letters patent,

          (a) extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects; 

          (b) changing its name;

          (c) increasing its authorized capital;

          (d) decreasing,
             (i) its authorized capital by cancelling issued or unissued 
             shares with or without par value or by reducing the par 
             value of issued or unissued shares, or 

             (ii) its issued capital, if it has shares without par value, 

          and, where it has more capital than it requires, authorizing 
          the repayment of capital to the shareholders to the extent that 
          the issued capital is decreased in any way under this clause; 

          (e) redividing its authorized capital into shares of lesser or 
          greater par value; 

          (f) consolidating or subdividing any of its shares without par 
          value; 

          (g) changing any of its shares with par value into shares 
          without par value; 

          (h) changing any of its shares without par value into shares 
          with par value; 

          (i) reclassifying any shares with or without par value into 
          shares of a different class; 

          (j) varying any provision in its letters patent or prior 
          supplementary letters patent; 

          (k) providing for any other matter or thing in respect of which 
          provision may be made in letters patent under this Act; 

          (l) converting it into a public company; 

          (m) making it subject to Part IV; 

          (n) making it not subject to Part IV; 

          (o) converting it into a private company; 

          (p) converting it into a corporation without share capital; 

          (q) converting it into a corporation, with or without share 
          capital. 

34.(2) Authorization

     34.(2) An application under clauses (1) (a) to (n) shall be 
     authorized by a special resolution. 

34.(3)Idem

     34.(3) An application under clauses (1) (o) to (q) shall be 
     authorized by a resolution of the board of directors and confirmed 
     in writing, 

            (a) by 100 per cent of the shareholders; or 

            (b) by at least 95 per cent of the shareholders holding at 
            least 95 per cent of the issued capital, 

     but, in the case of confirmation under clause (b), the application 
     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application 
     has been given by sending the notice to each shareholder to the 
     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company and 
     only if at the expiration of the twenty-one days none of the 
     shareholders has dissented in writing to the company. 

34.(4) Additional authorization for variation of rights of preference
shareholders

     34.(4) If the application is to delete or vary a preference, right,
     condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to a
     class of preference shares or to create preference shares ranking in
     priority to or on a parity with an existing class of preference
     shares, then, subject to subsection (5) and, in addition to the
     authorization required by subsection (2), the application shall not
     be made until the application has been authorized in writing,

          (a)by 100 per cent of the holders of the shares of such class
          or classes of shares; or

          (b)by at least 95 per cent of the holders of the shares of such
          class or classes of shares holding at least 95 per cent of the
          issued shares of such class or classes,

     but, in the case of authorization under clause (b), the application
     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application
     has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders of
     shares of such class or classes to the holder's last address as
     shown on the books of the company and only if at the expiration of
     twenty-one days none of the holders of such class or classes has
     dissented in writing to the company.

34.(5) Idem

     34.(5) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so
     provide, the authorization required by subsection (4) may be given
     by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders
     of such class or classes of shares duly called for that purpose.

34.(6) Exception

     34.(6) Where letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued
     before the 30th day of April, 1954, provide for an authorization for
     an application for supplementary letters patent to delete or vary a
     preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition
     attaching to preference shares or to create preference shares
     ranking in priority to or on a parity with an existing class of
     preference shares, such authorization is effective, and subsections
     (4) and (5) do not apply. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 34 (1-6).

34.(7)

     34.(7) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 61.

34.(8) Exception

     34.(8) Subsection (4) does not apply to an arrangement under section 112.

34.(9)Special Act corporations excepted

     34.(9) This section does not apply to a company incorporated by
     special Act, except that a company incorporated by special Act may
     apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters
     patent changing its name. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 34 (8, 9).

35. Reduction of capital

     35. On an application for supplementary letters patent decreasing
     authorized or issued capital, the company shall establish to the
     satisfaction of the Minister that after the decrease the company
     will be solvent and, if required by the Minister, shall establish to
     his or her satisfaction that there are no creditors who object to
     the application. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 35.

36. Decrease of issued capital

     36. Where issued shares without par value are cancelled, the issued
     capital is thereby decreased by an amount equal to the total of the
     products of the average consideration for which the shares of each
     such class were issued multiplied by the number of shares cancelled
     of each such class, respectively. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 36.

37.(1) Liability on decrease of issued capital

     37.(1) On a decrease of the issued capital of a company by
     supplementary letters patent, each person who was a shareholder on
     the date of the supplementary letters patent is individually liable
     to the creditors of the company for the debts due on that date to an
     amount not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person or
     reduction of the person's liability, or both, as the case may be.

37.(2) Limitation of liability

     37.(2) A person is not liable under subsection (1),

          (a) unless the company has been sued for the debt within six
          months after the date of the supplementary letters patent and
          execution has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part;
          and

          (b) unless the person is sued for the debt within two years
          from the date of the supplementary letters patent.

37.(3) Idem

     37.(3) After execution has been so returned, the amount due on the
     execution, not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person
     or the reduction of the person's liability, is the amount
     recoverable against the person.

37.(4) Class actions

     37.(4) Where it is made to appear that there are numerous
     shareholders who may be liable under this section, the court may
     permit an action to be brought against one or more of them as
     representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff establishes the
     plaintiff's claim as creditor, may make an order of reference and
     add as parties on the reference all such shareholders as may be
     found, and the referee shall determine the amount that each should
     contribute towards the plaintiff's claim and may direct payment of
     the sums so determined. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 37 (1-4).

37.(5) Shareholder holding shares in fiduciary capacity

     37.(5) No person holding shares as executor, administrator, guardian
     or trustee, who is registered on the books of the company as a
     shareholder and therein described as representing in any such
     capacity a named estate, person or trust, is personally liable under
     this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all
     liabilities imposed by this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 37
     (5); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (1).

38.(1) Fractional shares

     38.(1) A person entitled to a fraction of a share is not entitled to
     be registered on the books of the company in respect thereof or to
     receive a share certificate therefor, but the person is entitled to
     receive a bearer fractional certificate in respect of such fraction
     and, on presentation at the head office of the company, or at a
     place designated by the company, of bearer fractional certificates
     for fractions that together represent a whole share, a share
     certificate for a whole share shall be issued in exchange therefor
     and the person in whose name such certificate is issued shall be
     registered on the books of the company as the holder of such share.

38.(2) Transfer

     38.(2) Such a bearer fractional certificate is transferable by
     delivery.

38.(3) Purchase by company

     38.(3) For the purpose of consolidating fractions of shares into
     whole shares, a company may purchase fractions of shares and, if it
     does so, it shall sell forthwith the whole shares resulting from the
     consolidation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 38.

39. Shares deemed personal estate

     39. The shares of a company shall be deemed to be personal estate.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 39.

40.(1) Transfer of shares

     40. 40.(1) The shares of a company are transferable on the books of
     the company subject to such conditions and restrictions as this Act,
     the special Act, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     prescribe.

40.(2) Transfer by-laws

     40.(2) Subject to subsection (3), no by-law shall be passed that in
     any way restricts the right of a holder of fully-paid shares to
     transfer them, but by-laws may be passed regulating the method of
     their transfer.

40.(3) Where shareholder indebted to company

     40.(3) Except in the case of shares listed on a recognized stock
     exchange, where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or
     by-laws so provide, the directors may refuse to permit the
     registration of a transfer of fully-paid shares registered in the
     name of a shareholder who is indebted to the company. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 40.

41. Register of transfers

     41. Every company shall cause to be kept a register of transfers in
     which all transfers of shares and the date and other particulars of
     each transfer shall be set out. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 41.

42. Transfer agents

     42. A company may appoint a transfer agent to keep the register of
     shareholders and the register of transfers and may also appoint one
     or more branch transfer agents to keep branch registers of
     shareholders and branch registers of transfers. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 42.

43.(1) Where registers to be kept

     43.(1) The register of shareholders and the register of transfers
     shall be kept at the head office of the company or at such other
     office or place in Ontario as is appointed by resolution of the
     directors, and the branch register or registers of shareholders and
     the branch register or registers of transfers may be kept at such
     office or offices of the company or other place or places, either in
     or outside Ontario, as are appointed by resolution of the directors.

43.(2) Valid registration

     43.(2) Registration of the transfer of a share of the company in the
     register of transfers or a branch register of transfers is a
     complete and valid registration for all purposes.

43.(3)Entry in branch transfer register

     43.(3) In each branch register of transfers shall be recorded only
     the particulars of the transfers of shares registered in that branch
     register of transfers.

43.(4)Entry in register of transfers

     43.(4) Particulars of every transfer of shares registered in every
     branch register of transfers shall be recorded in the register of
     transfers.

43.(5) Closing of register of transfers

     43.(5) The directors of a company may by resolution close the
     register of transfers and the branch register or registers of
     transfers, if any, for a period of time not exceeding forty-eight
     hours, exclusive of Saturdays and holidays, immediately preceding
     any meeting of the shareholders, and notice of every such closing
     shall be given in a newspaper published in the place where the
     register of transfers is kept and in a newspaper published in each
     place in which a branch register of transfers is kept. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 43.

44.(1) Share certificates

     44.(1) Every shareholder is entitled to a share certificate in
     respect of the shares held by the shareholder, signed by the proper
     officers in accordance with the company's by-laws in that regard,
     but the company is not bound to issue more than one share
     certificate in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several
     persons and delivery of a share certificate to one of several joint
     shareholders is sufficient delivery to all.

44.(2) Title

     44.(2) A share certificate is proof, in the absence of evidence to
     the contrary, of the title of the shareholder to the shares
     represented thereby.

44.(3) Fee

     44.(3) A company may charge a fee of not more than 50 cents for
     every share certificate issued, except that, in the case of the
     allotment and issue of shares, no fee shall be charged. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 44.

45. Lost certificates

     45. Where a share certificate is defaced, destroyed or lost, a new
     certificate may be issued in its place on payment of such fee, if
     any, not exceeding $1 and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and
     indemnity as the directors determine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 45.

46.(1) Contents of share certificates

     46.(1) Every share certificate,

          (a)shall bear upon its face the name of the company, a
          statement in English or in French that the company is
          incorporated in the Province of Ontario and a statement of its
          authorized capital;

          (b)shall state the number and class of shares represented
          thereby and whether the shares are with par value or without
          par value and, if partly paid, the amount paid up thereon or
          that the shares are fully paid, as the case may be;

          (c)if it represents preference shares, shall state thereon in
          legible characters the preferences, rights, conditions,
          restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the
          class of preference shares to which it belongs; and

          (d) if it represents shares of a private company, shall bear
          upon its face the words "Private Company" or the words
          "compagnie ferm,e".

46.(2) Exception

     46.(2) Where some but not all of the preference shares of a class
     are converted, redeemed or purchased for cancellation, it is
     unnecessary for the company to change the statement of its
     authorized capital on its share certificates. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 46.

47. Signing of share certificates

     47. A share certificate shall be signed manually by at least one
     officer of the company or by or on behalf of a transfer agent or
     branch transfer agent of the company, and the company may by by-law
     provide that any additional signatures required on share
     certificates may be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise
     mechanically reproduced thereon, and in such event share
     certificates so signed are as valid as if they had been signed
     manually. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 47.

48.(1) Trusts

     48.(1) A company is not bound to see to the execution of any trust,
     whether express, implied or constructive, in respect of any share.

48.(2)Discharge

     48.(2)  The receipt of the shareholder in whose name the share is
     registered on the books of the company is a valid and binding
     discharge to the company for any payment made in respect of such
     share whether notice of such trust has been given to the company or
     not.

48.(3)Application of money paid

     48.(3) The company is not bound to see to the application of the
     money paid upon such receipt. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 48 (1-3).

48.(4)Authority to transfer

     48.(4) The written authorization of an executor, administrator,
     guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as
     holding shares in any such capacity is sufficient justification for
     the company to register a transfer of such shares, including a
     transfer into the name of such executor, administrator, guardian or
     trustee absolutely. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 48 (4); 1992, c. 32, s.
     6 (2).

49.(1) Share warrants

     49.(1) A public company, if so authorized by its letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent and subject to the provisions
     respecting share warrants therein contained, may, with respect to
     any fully-paid shares, issue under the seal of the company a share
     warrant stating that the bearer of it is entitled to the share or
     shares therein specified, and may provide, by coupons or otherwise,
     for the payment of future dividends on the share or shares specified
     in the share warrant.

49.(2) Entry of share warrant in company books

     49.(2) On the issue of a share warrant, the company shall remove
     from its books the name of the shareholder then entered thereon as
     holding such share or shares as if the person had ceased to be a
     shareholder and shall enter in such books the following particulars:

          1. The fact of the issue of the share warrant.

          2. A statement of the shares specified in the share warrant.

          3. The date of the issue of the share warrant.

49.(3) Transfer

     49.(3) A share warrant entitles the bearer thereof to the shares
     therein specified and the shares may be transferred by delivery of
     the warrant.

49.(4) Bearer of share warrant deemed shareholder

     49.(4) The bearer of a share warrant shall be deemed to be a
     shareholder of the company, except that the bearer is not entitled
     to receive notice of meetings or a copy of any financial statement
     or auditor's report and is not qualified in respect of shares
     specified in the share warrant to be a director of the company.

49.(5) Voting rights

     49.(5) Upon presentation of a share warrant at a meeting of
     shareholders, its bearer is entitled to attend the meeting and vote
     the shares specified in it.

49.(6) Definition

     49.(6) For the purpose of subsection (5), the expression "share
     warrant" includes a certificate or other document satisfactory to
     the company to the effect that its bearer is the holder of a share
     warrant in respect of the shares specified in the certificate or
     other document.

49.(7) Exchange of warrant for registration as shareholder

     49.(7) The bearer of a share warrant is, subject to the provisions
     respecting share warrants contained in the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent, entitled, on surrendering it for
     cancellation, to have the shares specified in it registered in the
     bearer's name on the books of the company, and the company is
     responsible for any loss incurred by any person by reason of the
     company entering on its books the name of the bearer of a share
     warrant in respect of the shares specified in it without the warrant
     being surrendered and cancelled.

49.(8) Surrender of share warrant

     49.(8) Upon the surrender of a share warrant for cancellation, the
     date of the surrender shall be entered in the books of the company.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 49.

50.(1) Transfers valid only after registration

     50.(1) No transfer of shares, unless made by sale under an execution
     or under a decree, order or judgment of a court of competent
     jurisdiction, is valid for any purpose whatsoever until registration
     thereof has been duly made in the register of transfers or in a
     branch register of transfers of the company, save only as exhibiting
     the rights of the parties thereto towards each other and, if
     absolute, of rendering any transferee jointly and severally liable
     with the transferor to the company and to its creditors.

50.(2) Exception

     50.(2) Despite subsection (1), where fully-paid shares are listed on
     a recognized stock exchange at the time of the delivery of a
     certificate for such shares with a duly executed instrument of
     transfer endorsed thereon or accompanying it, such delivery
     constitutes a valid transfer of the shares represented by such
     certificate, but, until registration of such transfer is duly made
     in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers of
     the company, the company may treat the person in whose name the
     shares represented by such certificate are registered on the books
     of the company as being solely entitled to receive notice of and
     vote at meetings of shareholders and receive any payments in respect
     of such shares whether by way of dividends or otherwise.

50.(3) Power of attorney not revoked by death

     50.(3) A power of attorney contained in a duly executed instrument
     of transfer endorsed on or accompanying a share certificate
     delivered for value before the death of the transferor is not
     revoked by the death of the transferor but is valid and effectual
     subject to the conditions or restrictions, if any, contained
     therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 50.

51.(1) Notice to owner

     51.(1) The directors may refuse to permit the registration of a
     transfer of shares on the books of the company for the purpose of
     notifying the person registered thereon as owner of such shares of
     the application for such registration, and in that event the company
     shall forthwith give notice to such person of such application.

51.(2) Owner may lodge caveat

     51.(2) The owner may within seven days after the giving of such
     notice lodge a caveat against the registration of the transfer and
     thereupon the registration of the transfer shall not be made for a
     period of forty-eight hours.

51.(3) Transfer may be registered if no order served

     51.(3) If within one week after the giving of such notice or the
     expiration of such period of forty-eight hours, whichever last
     expires, no order of a competent court enjoining the registration of
     the transfer has been served upon the company, the transfer may be
     registered.

51.(4) Liability of company

     51.(4) Where a transfer of shares is registered after the
     proceedings mentioned in this section, the company is not liable in
     respect of such shares to a person whose rights are purported to be
     transferred, but nothing in this subsection prejudices any claim the
     transferor may have against the transferee. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     51.

52.(1) Where consent of directors to transfer required

     52.(1) No registration of a transfer of shares that are not fully
     paid shall be made without the consent of the directors and of the
     transferee and, subject to subsection (4), where such registration
     is made with the consent of the directors, the transferor is not
     liable to the company or to its creditors for the amount unpaid on
     such shares.

52.(2) Directors' liability

     52.(2) Subject to subsection (3), where registration is made with
     the consent of the directors of a transfer of shares that are not
     fully paid to a person whom the directors have reason to believe is
     not of sufficient means to pay fully for such shares, the directors
     are jointly and severally liable to the company and to its creditors
     in the same manner and to the same extent as the transferor would
     have been liable if the registration had not been made.

52.(3) Relief from liability

     52.(3) If a director, present when such consent to registration is
     given, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven days
     after he or she becomes aware of such consent, delivers to an
     officer of the company a written protest against such consent and,
     within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy of
     such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director
     thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from
     liability under subsection (2).

52.(4) Liability where call remains unpaid

     52.(4) Where the transfer of a share upon which a call is unpaid is
     registered with the consent of the directors and of the transferee,
     the transferee is liable for the call to the same extent and with
     the same liability to forfeiture of the share, if the call remains
     unpaid, as if the transferee had been the holder when the call was
     made, and the transferor also remains liable for the call until it
     is paid. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 52.

53. Transmission of deceased shareholder's shares

     53. Where upon the death of a holder of any shares or securities of
     a company a transmission thereof takes place to or title to or
     control thereof vests or is claimed to vest in any person, herein
     called "the successor", the company is justified in permitting or
     consenting to the registration thereof in the name of the successor
     on the company's books or in paying the principal amount thereof or
     any dividend or interest thereon to the successor,

          (a) if the successor claims by virtue of a grant of probate or
          letters of administration or other instrument issued or
          purporting to be issued by a court or other judicial authority
          in any jurisdiction, upon production of the same or an
          authenticated copy thereof or extract therefrom or a
          certificate of such grant under the seal of such court or other
          authority without any proof of the authenticity of such seal or
          other proof whatever and deposit of a copy thereof;

          (b) if the successor claims by virtue of the laws of any
          jurisdiction in which any such transmission or vesting of title
          or control takes place without a grant of probate or letters of
          administration or other court or judicial action, upon
          production and deposit of proof thereof in accordance with the
          laws of such jurisdiction and reasonable evidence of such laws;
          or

          (c) if the net value of the estate of the deceased holder is
          less than $1,500 or if the market value of the shares or
          securities is less than $300, upon proof thereof to the
          reasonable satisfaction of the company,

     together with, in any such event, production and deposit by the
     successor of a sworn statement showing the nature of the
     transmission or vesting of title or control, as the case may be.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 53.

54.(1) Calls on shares

     54.(1) The directors may by resolution call in and by notice thereof
     in writing demand from the shareholders the whole or any part of the
     amount unpaid on shares held by them at such times and places and in
     such payments or instalments as this Act, the special Act, the
     letters patent, the supplementary letters patent, the by-laws or the
     terms of allotment and issue of such shares require or allow.

54.(2) Demand to state liability to forfeiture

     54.(2) The demand shall state that, in the event of the call not
     being paid in accordance with the demand, the shares in respect of
     which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

54.(3) Liability for interest

     54.(3) If a shareholder fails to pay a call due by the shareholder
     on or before the day appointed for the payment thereof, the
     shareholder is liable to pay interest on the amount thereof at the
     rate of 5 per cent per year from the day appointed for payment to
     the time of payment.

54.(4) Forfeiture of shares

     54.(4) In the event of the call not being paid in accordance with
     the demand, the directors may forfeit any shares on which the call
     is not paid.

54.(5) Sale of forfeited shares

     54.(5) Any forfeited shares become the property of the company upon
     the forfeiture, and, subject to its by-laws, may be sold.

54.(6) Continuing liability

     54.(6) Despite such forfeiture, the holder of such shares at the
     time of forfeiture continues liable to the company and to its
     creditors for the full amount unpaid on such shares at the time of
     forfeiture, less any sums that are subsequently received by the
     company in respect thereof.

54.(7) Refund of excess on sale

     54.(7) Where the company receives on the sale of forfeited shares an
     amount in excess of the amount then unpaid on such shares, the
     excess amount shall be paid to the person whose shares were
     forfeited.

54.(8) Recovery of calls by suit

     54.(8) The directors may, instead of forfeiting any shares, enforce
     payment of all calls and interest thereon by action in a court of
     competent jurisdiction. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 54.

55. Right to receive uncalled money

     55. The directors may receive at any time from a shareholder all or
     any part of the money uncalled and unpaid upon shares held by the
     shareholder. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 55.

56.(1) Shareholder's liability limited

     56.(1) A shareholder shall not, as such, be held answerable or
     responsible for any act, default, obligation or liability of the
     company, or for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury,
     transaction, matter or thing relating to or connected with the
     company beyond the amount unpaid on the shareholder's shares.

56.(2) Shareholder's liability

     56.(2) A shareholder, until the whole amount has been paid up on the
     shareholder's shares, is liable to the creditors of the company to
     an amount equal to that unpaid thereon, but the shareholder is not
     liable to an action therefor by a creditor until an execution at the
     suit of the creditor against the company has been returned
     unsatisfied in whole or in part.

56.(3) Amount recoverable

     56.(3) The amount due on such execution, not exceeding the amount
     unpaid on the shareholder's shares, is the amount recoverable from
     such shareholder and, when so recovered, shall be considered as paid
     on those shares.

56.(4)Set-off

     56.(4) A shareholder may plead by way of defence, in whole or in
     part, to any such action by a creditor any setoff that the
     shareholder could set up against the company except a claim for
     unpaid dividends or a salary or allowance as a director or officer
     of the company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 56.

57.(1) Trustees, etc., not personally liable

     57.(1) No executor, administrator, guardian or trustee who is
     registered on the books of the company as a shareholder and therein
     described as representing in any such capacity a named estate,
     person or trust is personally liable in respect of the shares that
     he, she or it so represents. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 57 (1); 1992,
     c. 32, s. 6 (3).

57.(2)Liability of estate, etc.

     57.(2) The estate, person or trust so represented is liable as if
     the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or
     beneficiary were registered on the books of the company as the
     holder of the shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 57 (2); 1992, c. 32,
     s. 6 (4).

57.(3)Where trustee, etc., liable

     57.(3) If the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward
     or beneficiary so represented is not named on the books of the
     company, the executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee
     is personally liable in respect of such shares as if he, she or it
     held them in his, her or its own name as owner thereof. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 57 (3); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (5).

58.(1) Definition

     58.(1) The word "mortgagee", as used in subsection (2), includes a
     trustee for holders of securities.

58.(2) Mortgagee not personally liable

     58.(2) No mortgagee of a share of a company and no person holding
     such a share as collateral security who is registered on the books
     of the company as the holder of such share and therein described as
     representing in either of such capacities a named mortgagor or
     person giving such collateral security is personally liable in
     respect of such share that he, she or it so represents, but the
     mortgagor or other person giving such collateral security is liable
     as if the mortgagor or other person were registered on the books of
     the company as the holder of such share. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     58.

59.(1) Borrowing powers

     59.(1) The directors may pass by-laws,

          (a) for borrowing money on the credit of the company;

          (b) for issuing, selling or pledging securities of the company; or

          (c) for charging, mortgaging, hypothecating or pledging all or
          any of the property of the company, including book debts and
          unpaid calls, rights, powers, franchises and undertaking, to
          secure any securities or any money borrowed, or other debt, or
          any other obligation or liability of the company.

59.(2) Definition

     59.(2) The expression "property of the company" in subsection (1)
     and in every predecessor thereof includes and has included always
     both present and future property of the company.

59.(3) Borrowing by-laws to be confirmed

     59.(3) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it
     has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a
     general meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 59.

60. Irredeemable securities

     60. A condition contained in a security or in a deed for securing a
     security is not invalid by reason only that the security is thereby
     made irredeemable or redeemable only on the happening of a
     contingency, however remote, or on the expiration of a period,
     however long. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 60.

61.(1) Duplicate to be filed

     61.(1) A duplicate original, or a copy certified under the seal of
     the company, of any charge, mortgage or other instrument of
     hypothecation or pledge made by the company to secure its securities
     shall be filed forthwith in the office of the Minister.

61.(2) Exception

     61.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a charge or mortgage filed
     with the Minister under any other Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 61.

62.(1) Power to declare dividends

     62.(1) Subject to the special Act, letters patent or supplementary
     letters patent of the company, the directors may declare and the
     company may pay dividends on the issued shares of the company.

62.(2) Manner of payment

     62.(2) A dividend may be paid in money or in specie or in kind not
     exceeding in value the amount of the dividend.

62.(3) When dividend not to be declared

     62.(3) The directors shall not declare and the company shall not pay
     any dividend or bonus when the company is insolvent, or any dividend
     or bonus the payment of which renders the company insolvent or that
     diminishes its capital, and, if any dividend or bonus is declared
     and paid contrary to this subsection, the directors are jointly and
     severally liable to the company for the amount of the dividend so
     declared and paid or such part thereof as renders the company
     insolvent or diminishes its capital.

62.(4) Relief from liability

     62.(4) If a director, present when any such dividend or bonus is
     declared, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven
     days after he or she becomes aware of such declaration, delivers to
     an officer of the company a written protest against such declaration
     and, within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy
     of such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director
     thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from
     liability under subsection (3).

62.(5) Companies with wasting assets

     62.(5) Nothing in this section prevents a mining company or a
     company whose assets are of a wasting character, or a company
     incorporated for the object of acquiring and administering the
     assets or a substantial part of the assets of another corporation,
     either from such corporation or from the assign of such corporation,
     for the purpose of converting such assets into money and
     distributing the money among the shareholders of the company, from
     declaring and paying dividends out of funds derived from the
     operations of the company.

62.(6) Extent of impairment of capital

     62.(6) The powers conferred by subsection (5) may be exercised
     despite the fact that the value of the net assets of the company may
     be thereby reduced to less than the issued capital of the company if
     the payment of the dividends does not reduce the value of its
     remaining assets to an amount insufficient to meet all the
     liabilities of the company exclusive of its issued capital.

62.(7) Where confirmed by-law required

     62.(7) Subject to subsection (8), the powers conferred by subsection
     (5) may be exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by
     the directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast
     at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering
     it.

62.(8) Idem

     62.(8) Where dividends have been paid by a company in any of the
     cases mentioned in subsection (5) without the authority of a by-law,
     the payment thereof is nevertheless valid if a by-law adopting and
     approving the payment is passed by the directors and confirmed by
     the shareholders in the manner mentioned in subsection (7). R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 62.

63. Stock dividends

     63. For the amount of any dividend that the directors may declare
     payable in money, they may declare a stock dividend and issue
     therefor shares of the company as fully paid or may credit the
     amount of such dividend on shares of the company already issued but
     not fully paid, and the liability of the holders of such shares
     shall be reduced by the amount of such dividend. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 63.

64. Closing transfer registers

     64. The directors, upon declaring a dividend, may direct that no
     transfer of shares shall be registered on the books of the company
     for a stated period, not exceeding two weeks, immediately preceding
     the payment of the dividend, and payment thereof shall be made to
     the shareholders of record on the date of closing the books. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 64.

65. Cumulative voting for directors

     65. The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a
     company may provide that every shareholder entitled to vote at an
     election of directors has the right to cast thereat a number of
     votes equal to the number of votes attached to the shares held by
     the shareholder multiplied by the number of directors to be elected,
     and the shareholder may cast all such votes in favour of one
     candidate or distribute them among the candidates in such manner as
     the shareholder sees fit, and that, where a shareholder has voted
     for more than one candidate without specifying the distribution of
     the votes among such candidates the shareholder shall be deemed to
     have divided the votes equally among the candidates for whom the
     shareholder voted. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 65.

66. Removal of directors

     66. Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-
     laws of a company provide for the election of directors by
     cumulative voting under section 65, the letters patent,
     supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that the
     shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of
     the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice specifying the
     intention to pass such resolution has been given, remove any
     director before the expiration of his or her term of office, and
     may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting, elect any
     person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term, but that
     no director shall be removed where the votes cast against the
     resolution for his or her removal would, if cumulatively voted at an
     election of the full board of directors, be sufficient to elect one
     or more directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 66.

67.(1) Idem

     67.(1) Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-
     laws of a company do not provide for cumulative voting under section
     65, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may
     provide that the shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at
     least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which
     notice specifying the intention to pass such resolution has been
     given, remove any director before the expiration of his or her term
     of office, and may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting,
     elect any person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term.

67.(2)Exception

     67.(2) Subsection (1) does not affect the operation of any provision
     respecting the removal of directors in the letters patent or
     supplementary letters patent of a company issued before the 30th day
     of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 67.

68.(1) By-laws

     68.(1) The directors may pass by-laws not contrary to this Act or to
     the letters patent or supplementary letters patent to regulate,

          (a) the allotment and issue of shares, the making of calls
          thereon, the payment thereof, the issue of share certificates,
          the forfeiture of shares for non-payment, the sale of forfeited
          shares, the transfer and the registration of transfers of
          shares;

          (b) the declaration and payment of dividends;

          (c) the qualification and remuneration of the directors;

          (d) the time for and the manner of election of directors;

          (e) the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and
          removal of agents, officers and employees of the company and
          the security, if any, to be given by them to it;

          (f) the time and place and the notice to be given for the
          holding of meetings of the shareholders and of the board of
          directors, the quorum at meetings of shareholders, the
          requirements as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at
          shareholders' meetings and at meetings of the board of
          directors;

          (g) the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the
          company.

68.(2) Confirmation

     68.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment
     or re-enactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a
     general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose, is
     effective only until the next annual meeting of the shareholders
     unless confirmed thereat and, in default of confirmation thereat,
     ceases to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new
     by-law of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed
     at a general meeting of the shareholders.

68.(3) Rejection, etc.

     68.(3) The shareholders may at the general meeting or the annual
     meeting mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or
     otherwise deal with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted
     to the meeting for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired
     under any such by-law shall be prejudicially affected by any such
     rejection, amendment or other dealing. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 68.

69. Payment of president and directors

     69. No by-law for the payment of the president as president or of
     any director as a director is effective until it has been confirmed
     at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that
     purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 69.

70.(1) Executive committee

     70.(1) Where the number of directors on the board of directors of a
     company is more than six, the directors may pass a by-law
     authorizing them to elect from among their number an executive
     committee consisting of not fewer than three and to delegate to the
     executive committee any powers of the board, subject to the
     restrictions, if any, contained in the by-law or imposed from time
     to time by the directors.

70.(2) Confirmation

     70.(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by at
     least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the
     shareholders duly called for that purpose.

70.(3) Quorum

     70.(3) An executive committee may fix its quorum at not less than a
     majority of its members. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 70.

71.(1) Disclosure by directors of interests in contracts

     71.(1) Every director of a company who is in any way directly or
     indirectly interested in a proposed contract or a contract with the
     company shall declare his or her interest at a meeting of the
     directors of the company.

71.(2) Time of declaration

     71.(2) In the case of a proposed contract, the declaration required
     by this section shall be made at the meeting of the directors at
     which the question of entering into the contract is first taken into
     consideration or, if the director is not at the date of that meeting
     interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of the
     directors held after he or she becomes so interested, and, in a case
     where the director becomes interested in a contract after it is
     made, the declaration shall be made at the first meeting of the
     directors held after he or she becomes so interested.

71.(3) General notice

     71.(3) For the purposes of this section, a general notice given to
     the directors of a company by a director to the effect that he or
     she is a shareholder of or otherwise interested in any other
     company, or is a member of a specified firm and is to be regarded as
     interested in any contract made with such other company or firm,
     shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in
     relation to a contract so made, but no such notice is effective
     unless it is given at a meeting of the directors or the director
     takes reasonable steps to ensure that it is brought up and read at
     the next meeting of the directors after it is given.

71.(4) Effect of declaration

     71.(4) If a director has made a declaration of his or her interest
     in a proposed contract or contract in compliance with this section
     and has not voted in respect of the contract, the director is not
     accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or
     creditors for any profit realized from the contract, and the
     contract is not voidable by reason only of the director holding that
     office or of the fiduciary relationship established thereby.

71.(5) Confirmation by shareholders

     71.(5) Despite anything in this section, a director is not
     accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or
     creditors for any profit realized from such contract and the
     contract is not by reason only of the director's interest therein
     voidable if it is confirmed by a majority of the votes cast at a
     general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose and
     if the director's interest in the contract is declared in the notice
     calling the meeting.

71.(6) Offence

     71.(6) If a director is liable in respect of profit realized from
     any such contract and the contract is by reason only of his or her
     interest therein voidable, the director is guilty of an offence and
     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 71.

72.(1) Definitions

     72. 72.(1) In this section and in sections 73 to 78,

         "affiliate" means an affiliated company within the meaning of
          subsection 106 (3); ("membre du m^me groupe")

         "associate", where used to indicate a relationship with any
          person, means,

          (a) any company of which such person beneficially owns directly
          or indirectly equity shares carrying more than 10 per cent of
          the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the company
          for the time being outstanding,

          (b) any trust or estate in which such person has a substantial
          beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as
          trustee or in a similar capacity,

          (c) any person of the opposite sex to whom the person is
          married or with whom the person is living in a conjugal
          relationship outside marriage, or

          (d) any relative of the person or of a person mentioned in
          clause (c) who, in any such case, has the same home as the
          person; ("personne qui a un lien")

         "capital security" means any share of any class of shares of a
          company or any bond, debenture, note or other obligation of a
          company, whether secured or unsecured; ("valeurs")

         "equity share" means any share of any class of shares of a
          company carrying voting rights under all circumstances and any
          share of any class of shares carrying voting rights by reason
          of the occurrence of any contingency that has occurred and is
          continuing; ("action participante")

         "insider" or "insider of a company" means,

          (a) any director or senior officer of a public company that has
          fifteen or more shareholders, two or more persons who are the
          joint registered owners of one or more shares being counted as
          one shareholder,

          (b) any person who beneficially owns directly or indirectly
          equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent
          of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the
          company for the time being outstanding, provided that in
          computing the percentage of voting rights attached to equity
          shares owned by an underwriter there shall be excluded any
          equity shares that have been acquired by the underwriter as
          underwriter in the course of distribution to the public of such
          shares, but such exclusion ceases to have effect on completion
          or cessation of the distribution to the public by the
          underwriter, or

          (c) any person who exercises control or direction over the
          equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent
          of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the
          company for the time being outstanding; ("initi,s", "initi,s
          d'une compagnie")

         "senior officer" means,

          (a) the chair or any vice-chair of the board of directors, the
          president, any vice-president, the secretary, the treasurer or
          the general manager of a company or any other individual who
          performs functions for the company similar to those normally
          performed by an individual occupying any such office, and

          (b) each of the five highest paid employees of a company,
          including any individual referred to in clause (a); ("cadre
          dirigeant")

         "underwriter" has the same meaning as in the Securities Act.
          ("souscripteur . forfait")

72.(2) Interpretation

     72.(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 73 to 78,

          (a) every director or senior officer of a company that is
          itself an insider of another company shall be deemed to be an
          insider of such other company;

          (b) an individual shall be deemed to own beneficially capital
          securities beneficially owned by a company controlled by him or
          her or by an affiliate of such company;

          (c) a company shall be deemed to own beneficially capital
          securities beneficially owned by its affiliates; and

          (d) the acquisition or disposition by an insider of a put, call
          or other transferable option with respect to a capital security
          shall be deemed a change in the beneficial ownership of the
          capital security to which such transferable option relates.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 72.

73.(1) Report

     73.(1) A person who becomes an insider of a company shall, within
     ten days after the end of the month in which the person becomes an
     insider, file with the Commission a report, as of the day on which
     the person became an insider, of the person's direct or indirect
     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital
     securities of the company.

73.(2) Idem

     73.(2) If a person who is an insider of a company, but has no direct
     or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over
     capital securities of the company, acquires direct or indirect
     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over any such
     securities, the person shall, within ten days after the end of the
     month in which the person acquired such direct or indirect
     beneficial ownership or such control or direction, file with the
     Commission a report, as of the date of such acquisition, of the
     person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or
     direction over capital securities of the company.

73.(3) Report of subsequent changes

     73.(3) A person who has filed or is required to file a report under
     this section or any predecessor thereof and whose direct or indirect
     beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital
     securities of the company changes from that shown or required to be
     shown in such report or in the last report filed by the person under
     this subsection shall, within ten days following the end of the
     month in which such change takes place, provided that the person was
     an insider of the company at any time during such month, file with
     the Commission a report of the person's direct or indirect
     beneficial ownership of or the person's control or direction over
     capital securities of the company at the end of such month and the
     change or changes therein that occurred during the month, and giving
     such details of each transaction as may be required by the
     regulations made under section 78. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 73.

74.(1) Reports may be inspected

     74.(1) All reports filed with the Commission under section 73 or any
     predecessor thereof shall be open to public inspection at the
     offices of the Commission during normal business hours of the
     Commission, and any person may make extracts from such reports.

74.(2) Publication of information contained in reports

     74.(2) The Commission shall summarize in or as part of a monthly
     periodical for distribution to the public on payment of a reasonable
     fee therefor the information contained in the reports so filed.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 74.

75.(1) Offence

     75.(1) Every person who is required to file a report under section
     73 or any predecessor thereof and who fails so to do is guilty of an
     offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
     $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or
     officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in
     such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is
     liable to a like fine.

75.(2) Idem

     75.(2) Every person who files a report under section 73 or any
     predecessor thereof that is false or misleading by reason of the
     misstatement or omission of a material fact is guilty of an offence
     and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and,
     where such person is a company, every director or officer of such
     company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in the filing of
     such false or misleading report is also guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a like fine.

75.(3) Saving

     75.(3) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (2) if the
     person did not know and in the exercise of reasonable diligence
     could not have known that the report was false or misleading by
     reason of the misstatement or omission of a material fact.

75.(4) Consent to prosecute

     75.(4) No prosecution shall be brought under subsection (1) or (2)
     without the consent of the Commission. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 75.

76.(1) Liability of insiders

     76.(1) Every insider of a company or associate or affiliate of such
     insider, who, in connection with a transaction relating to the
     capital securities of the company, makes use of any specific
     confidential information for his, her or its own benefit or
     advantage that, if generally known, might reasonably be expected to
     affect materially the value of such securities, is liable to
     compensate any person for any direct loss suffered by such person as
     a result of such transaction, unless such information was known or
     ought reasonably to have been known to such person at the time of
     such transaction, and is also accountable to the company for any
     direct benefit or advantage received or receivable by such insider,
     associate or affiliate, as the case may be, as a result of such
     transaction.

76.(2) Limitation period

     76.(2) An action to enforce any right created by subsection (1) may
     be commenced only within two years after the date of completion of
     the transaction that give rise to the cause of action. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 76.

77.(1) Order to commence action

     77.(1) Upon application by any person who was at the time of a
     transaction referred to in subsection 76 (1) or is at the time of
     the application an owner of capital securities of the company, the
     court may, if satisfied that,

          (a) such person has reasonable grounds for believing that the
          company has a cause of action under section 76; and

          (b) either,

              (i) the company has refused or failed to commence an action
              under section 76 within sixty days after receipt of a
              written request from such person so to do, or

              (ii) the company has failed to prosecute diligently an
              action commenced by it under section 76,

          make an order, upon such terms as to security for costs and
          otherwise as to the court seems fit, requiring the Commission
          to commence or continue an action in the name of and on behalf
          of the company to enforce the liability created by section 76.

77.(2) Notice to company and O.S.C.

     77.(2) The company and the Commission shall be given notice of any
     application under subsection (1) and shall have the right to appear
     and be heard thereon.

77.(3) Order to require company to co-operate

     77.(3) Every order made under subsection (1) shall provide that the
     company shall cooperate fully with the Commission in the
     institution and prosecution of such action and shall make available
     to the Commission all books, records, documents and other material
     or information known to the company or reasonably ascertainable by
     the company relevant to such action.

77.(4) Appeal

     77.(4) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made
     under subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 77.

78. Regulations

     78. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,

          (a) prescribing the form and content of the reports required to
          be filed under section 73;

          (b) respecting any other matter necessary or advisable to carry
          out effectively the intent and purpose of sections 72 to 77.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 78.

79.(1) Exception

     79.(1) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission
     may, if satisfied upon the circumstances of the particular case that
     there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order upon
     such terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be expedient
     exempting in whole or in part any person from the requirements of
     section 73.

79.(2) Hearing of Commission

     79.(2) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by
     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the
     Commission under this section.

79.(3) Appeal from Commission

     79.(3) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the
     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the
     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act
     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 79.

80. Director indemnified in suits respecting execution of office

     80. Every director and officer of a company, and his or her heirs,
     executors and administrators, and estate and effects, respectively,
     may, with the consent of the company, given at any meeting of the
     shareholders, from time to time and at all times, be indemnified and
     saved harmless out of the funds of the company, from and against,

          (a) all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever that he, she or
          it sustains or incurs in or about any action, suit or
          proceeding that is brought, commenced or prosecuted against
          him, her or it, for or in respect of any act, deed, matter or
          thing whatsoever, made, done or permitted by him, her or it, in
          or about the execution of the duties of his, her or its office;
          and

          (b) all other costs, charges and expenses that he, she or it
          sustains or incurs in or about or in relation to the affairs
          thereof, except such costs, charges or expenses as are
          occasioned by his, her or its own wilful neglect or default.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 80; 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 62.

81.(1) Liability of directors for wages

     81.(1) The directors of a company are jointly and severally liable
     to the employees, apprentices and other wage earners thereof for all
     debts due while they are directors for services performed for the
     company, not exceeding six months wages, and for the vacation pay
     accrued for not more than twelve months under the Employment
     Standards Act or any predecessor thereof and the regulations
     thereunder or under any collective agreement made by the company.

81.(2) Limitation of liability

     81.(2) A director is not liable under subsection (1),

          (a) unless the company has been sued for the debt within six
          months after it has become due and execution has been returned
          unsatisfied in whole or in part, or the company has within that
          period gone into liquidation or has been ordered to be wound up
          or has made an authorized assignment under the Bankruptcy Act
          (Canada), or a receiving order under the Bankruptcy Act
          (Canada) has been made against it and the claim on the debt has
          been fully filed and proved; and

          (b) unless he or she is sued for the debt while a director or
          within six months after he or she ceases to be a director.

81.(3) Idem

     81.(3) After execution has been so returned against the company, the
     amount recoverable against the director is the amount remaining
     unsatisfied on the execution.

81.(4) Rights of director who pays the debt

     81.(4) If the claim for the debt has been proved in liquidation or
     winding-up proceedings or under the Bankruptcy Act (Canada), a
     director who pays the debt is entitled to any preference that the
     creditor paid would have been entitled to or, if a judgment has been
     recovered for the debt, the director is entitled to an assignment of
     the judgment. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 81 (1-4).

81.(5) Director holding shares in fiduciary capacity

     81.(5) No director holding shares as executor, administrator,
     guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as
     a shareholder and therein described as representing in any such
     capacity a named estate, person or trust is personally liable under
     this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all the
     liabilities imposed by this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 81
     (5); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (6).

82.(1) Place of meetings

     82.(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the meetings of the
     shareholders, the board of directors and the executive committee
     shall be held at the place where the head office of the company is
     situate.

82.(2) Exception

     82.(2) Where the by-laws of the company so provide, the meetings of
     the board of directors and of the executive committee may be held at
     any place in or outside Ontario and the meetings of the shareholders
     may be held at any place in Ontario.

82.(3) Exception

     82.(3) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of
     the company so provide, the meetings of the shareholders may be held
     at one or more places outside Ontario designated therein.

82.(4) Where section not to apply

     82.(4) This section does not affect the operation of any provision
     in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company
     issued before the 30th day of April, 1954, respecting the holding of
     the meetings of the shareholders at any place outside Ontario.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 82.

83. Definitions

     83. In this section and in sections 84 to 90,

      "form of proxy" means a written or printed form that, upon
       completion and execution by or on behalf of a shareholder, becomes
       a proxy; ("formule de procuration")

      "information circular" means the circular referred to in subsection
       86 (1); ("circulaire d'information")

      "proxy" means a completed and executed form of proxy by means of
       which a shareholder has appointed a person as the shareholder's
       nominee to attend and act for the shareholder and on the
       shareholder's behalf at a meeting of shareholders; ("procuration")

      "solicit" and "solicitation" include,

          (a) any request for a proxy whether or not accompanied by or
          included in a form of proxy,

          (b) any request to execute or not to execute a form of proxy or
          to revoke a proxy,

          (c) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy or other
          communication to a shareholder under circumstances reasonably
          calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or
          revocation of a proxy, and

          (d) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder
          pursuant to section 85,

          but do not include,

          (e) the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder
          in response to an unsolicited request made by the shareholder
          or on the shareholder's behalf, or

          (f) the performance by any person of ministerial acts or
          professional services on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy.
          ("solicitation", "solliciter") R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 83.

84.(1) Proxies

     84.(1) Every shareholder, including a shareholder that is a
     corporation, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by
     means of a proxy appoint a person, who need not be a shareholder, as
     the shareholder's nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the
     manner, to the extent and with the power conferred by the proxy.

84.(2) Execution and termination

     84.(2) A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or the
     shareholder's attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder
     is a corporation, under its corporate seal or by an officer or
     attorney thereof duly authorized, and ceases to be valid one year
     from its date.

84.(3) Contents

     84.(3) In addition to the requirements, where applicable, of section
     88, a proxy shall contain the date thereof and the appointment and
     name of the nominee and may contain a revocation of a former proxy
     and restrictions, limitations or instructions as to the manner in
     which the shares in respect of which the proxy is given are to be
     voted or that may be necessary to comply with the laws of any
     jurisdiction in which the shares of the company are listed on a
     stock exchange or a restriction or limitation as to the number of
     shares in respect of which the proxy is given.

84.(4) Revocation

     84.(4) In addition to revocation in any other manner permitted by
     law, a proxy may be revoked by instrument in writing executed by the
     shareholder or by the shareholder's attorney authorized in writing
     or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal or
     by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized, and deposited
     either at the head office of the company at any time up to and
     including the last business day preceding the day of the meeting, or
     any adjournment thereof, at which the proxy is to be used or with
     the chair of such meeting on the day of the meeting, or adjournment
     thereof, and upon either of such deposits the proxy is revoked.

84.(5) Time limit for deposit

     84.(5) The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding
     forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding any
     meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which time
     proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the
     company or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed shall
     be specified in the notice calling the meeting or in the information
     circular relating thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 84.

85.(1) Mandatory solicitation of proxies

     85.(1) Subject to section 87, the management of a company shall,
     concurrently with or prior to giving notice of a meeting of
     shareholders of the company, send by prepaid mail to each
     shareholder who is entitled to vote at such meeting at the
     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company a
     form of proxy for use at such meeting that complies with section 88.

85.(2) Offence

     85.(2) If the management of a company fails to comply with
     subsection (1), the company is guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and every
     director or officer of the company who authorized, permitted or
     acquiesced in such failure is also guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 85.

86.(1) Information circular

     86.(1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 87, no person shall
     solicit proxies unless,

          (a) in the case of a solicitation by or on behalf of the
          management of a company, an information circular, either as an
          appendix to or as a separate document accompanying the notice
          of the meeting, is sent by prepaid mail to each shareholder of
          the company whose proxy is solicited at the shareholder's last
          address as shown on the books of the company; or

          (b) in the case of any other solicitation, the person making
          the solicitation, concurrently with or prior thereto, delivers
          or sends an information circular to each shareholder of the
          company whose proxy is solicited.

86.(2)Where subs. (1) does not apply

     86.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to,

          (a) any solicitation, otherwise than by or on behalf of the
          management of a company, where the total number of shareholders
          whose proxies are solicited is not more than fifteen, two or
          more persons who are the joint registered owners of one or more
          shares being counted as one shareholder;

          (b) any solicitation by a person made under section 49 of the
          Securities Act; and

          (c) any solicitation by a person in respect of shares of which
          the person is the beneficial owner.

86.(3) Offence

     86.(3) A person who fails to comply with subsection (1) is guilty of
     an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
     $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or
     officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in
     such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is
     liable to a like fine.

86.(4) Idem

     86.(4) A person who effects a solicitation that is subject to this
     section by means of a form of proxy, information circular or other
     communication that contains an untrue statement of a material fact
     or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make any
     statement contained therein not misleading in the light of the
     circumstances in which it was made is guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and, where
     such person is a company, every director or officer of such company
     who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such offence is also
     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.

86.(5) Saving

     86.(5) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (4) in
     respect of any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to
     state a material fact in a form of proxy or information circular, if
     the untruth of such statement or the fact of such omission was not
     known to the person who effected the solicitation and in the
     exercise of reasonable diligence could not have been known to such
     person. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 86.

87.(1) Where ss. 85, 86 (1) do not apply

     87.(1) Section 85 and subsection 86 (1) do not apply to a private
     company or to a public company that has fewer than fifteen
     shareholders, two or more persons who are the joint registered
     owners of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder.

87.(2) Exemption orders

     87.(2) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission
     may, if satisfied that in the circumstances of the particular case
     there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order, on such
     terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be just and
     expedient, exempting any person from the requirements, in whole or
     in part, of section 85 or of subsection 86 (1).

87.(3) Hearing of Commission

     87.(3) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by
     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the
     Commission under this section.

87.(4) Appeal from Commission

     87.(4) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the
     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the
     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act
     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 87.

88. Special form of proxy

     88. Where section 85 or 86 is applicable to a solicitation of
     proxies,

          (a) the form of proxy sent to a shareholder by a person
          soliciting proxies,

              (i) shall indicate in bold-face type whether or not the
              proxy is solicited by or on behalf of the management of the
              company, and

              (ii) shall provide a specifically designated blank space
              for dating the form of proxy;

          (b) the form of proxy shall provide means whereby the person 
          whose proxy is solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify 
          that the shares registered in the person's name shall be voted 
          by the nominee in favour of or against, in accordance with such 
          person's choice, each matter or group of related matters 
          identified therein or in the information circular as intended 
          to be acted upon, other than the election of directors and the 
          appointment of auditors, provided that a proxy may confer 
          discretionary authority with respect to matters as to which a 
          choice is not so specified by such means if the form of proxy 
          or the information circular states in boldface type how it is 
          intended to vote the shares represented by the proxy in each 
          such case; 

          (c) a proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to, 

              (i) amendments or variations to matters identified in the
              notice of meeting, or

              (ii) other matters which may properly come before the
              meeting,

            provided that,

              (iii) the person by whom or on whose behalf the
              solicitation is made is not aware a reasonable time prior
              to the time the solicitation is made that any such
              amendments, variations or other matters are to be presented
              for action at the meeting, and

              (iv) a specific statement is made in the information
              circular or in the form of proxy that the proxy is
              conferring such discretionary authority;

          (d) no proxy shall confer authority,

              (i) to vote for the election of any person as a director of
              the company unless a nominee proposed in good faith for
              such election is named in the information circular, or

              (ii) to vote at any meeting other than the meeting
              specified in the notice of meeting or any adjournment
              thereof;

          (e) the information circular or form of proxy shall state that 
          the shares represented by the proxy will be voted and that, 
          where the person whose proxy is solicited specifies a choice 
          with respect to any matter to be acted upon pursuant to clause 
          (b), the shares shall, subject to section 89, be voted in 
          accordance with the specifications so made; 

          (f) the information circular or form of proxy shall indicate in 
          boldface type that the shareholder has the right to appoint a 
          person to attend and act for the shareholder and on the 
          shareholder's behalf at the meeting other than the person, if 
          any, designated in the form of proxy, and shall contain 
          instructions as to the manner in which the shareholder may 
          exercise such right; and 

          (g) if the form of proxy contains a designation of a named 
          person as nominee, means shall be provided whereby the 
          shareholder may designate in a form of proxy some other person 
          as the shareholder's nominee for the purpose of subsection 84 
          (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 88. 

89. Where vote by ballot not required

     89. If the aggregate number of shares represented at a meeting by 
     proxies required to be voted for or against a particular matter or 
     group of matters carries, to the knowledge of the chair of the 
     meeting, less than 5 per cent of the voting rights attached to the 
     shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting, the chair of 
     the meeting has the right not to conduct a vote by way of ballot on 
     any such matter or group of matters unless a poll is demanded at the 
     meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 89. 

90. Regulations re contents of information circular

     90. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make such regulations
     respecting the form and content of an information circular as the
     Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary or appropriate in
     the public interest. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 90.

91. Trustees, etc., may vote

     91. An executor, administrator, guardian or trustee, and, where a
     corporation is such executor, administrator, committee, guardian or
     trustee of a testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or
     beneficiary, any person duly appointed a proxy for such corporation,
     shall represent the shares in his, her or its hands at all meetings
     of the shareholders of the company and may vote accordingly as a
     shareholder, and every person who mortgages or hypothecates his, her
     or its shares may nevertheless represent the shares at all such
     meetings and may vote accordingly as a shareholder unless in the
     instrument creating the mortgage or hypothec the person has
     expressly empowered the holder of such mortgage or hypothec to vote
     thereon, in which case only such holder or the holder's proxy may
     vote in respect of such shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 91; 1992,
     c. 32, s. 6 (7).

92. Joint holders of stock

     92. If shares are held jointly by two or more persons, any one of
     them present at a meeting of the shareholders of the company may, in
     the absence of the other or others, vote thereon, but, if more than
     one of them are present or represented by proxy, they shall vote
     together on the shares jointly held. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 92.

93.(1) Shareholders' meetings

     93.(1) Subject to subsection (2) and in the absence of other
     provisions in that behalf in the by-laws of the company,

          (a) notice of the time and place for holding a meeting of the
          shareholders shall, unless all the shareholders entitled to
          notice of the meeting have waived in writing the notice, be
          given by sending it to each shareholder entitled to notice of
          the meeting by prepaid mail ten days or more before the date of
          the meeting to the shareholder's last address as shown on the
          books of the company;

          (b) no shareholder in arrear in respect of any call is entitled
          to vote at a meeting;

          (c) all questions proposed for the consideration of the
          shareholders at a meeting of shareholders shall be determined
          by the majority of the votes cast and the chair presiding at
          the meeting has a second or casting vote in case of an equality
          of votes;

          (d) the chair presiding at a meeting of shareholders may, with
          the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as
          the meeting decides, adjourn the meeting from time to time and
          from place to place;

          (e) the president or, in his or her absence, a vice-president
          who is a director shall preside as chair at a meeting of
          shareholders, but, if there is no president or such a vice-
          president or if at a meeting neither of them is present within
          fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the
          meeting, the shareholders present shall choose a person from
          their number to be the chair;

          (f) unless a poll is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a
          meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chair declared a
          motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as proof of the
          fact, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, without proof
          of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or
          against the motion.

93.(2) Notice

     93.(2) The by-laws of the company shall not provide for fewer than
     ten days notice of meetings of shareholders and shall not provide
     that notice may be given otherwise than individually.

93.(3) Poll

     93.(3) If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as
     the by-laws prescribe, and, if the by-laws make no provision
     therefor, then as the chair directs. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 93.

94.(1) Auditors

     94.(1) The shareholders of a company at their first general meeting
     shall appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the first
     annual meeting and, if the shareholders fail to do so, the directors
     shall forthwith make such appointment or appointments.

94.(2) Idem

     94.(2) The shareholders shall at each annual meeting appoint one or
     more auditors to hold office until the next annual meeting and, if
     an appointment is not so made, the auditor in office shall continue
     in office until a successor is appointed.

94.(3) Casual vacancy

     94.(3) The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of
     auditor, but, while such vacancy continues, the surviving or
     continuing auditor, if any, may act.

94.(4) Removal

     94.(4) The shareholders may, by resolution passed by at least two-
     thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice of
     intention to pass the resolution has been given, remove any auditor
     before the expiration of the auditor's term of office, and shall by
     a majority of the votes cast at that meeting appoint another auditor
     in the auditor's stead for the remainder of the term.

94.(5) Remuneration

     94.(5) The remuneration of an auditor appointed by the shareholders
     shall be fixed by the shareholders, or by the directors if they are
     authorized so to do by the shareholders, and the remuneration of an
     auditor appointed by the directors shall be fixed by the directors.

94.(6) Appointment by Minister

     94.(6) If for any reason no auditor is appointed, the Minister may,
     on the application of a shareholder, appoint one or more auditors
     for that year and fix the remuneration to be paid by the company for
     the services of the auditor or auditors.

94.(7) Notice

     94.(7) Notice of the appointment of an auditor shall be given in
     writing to the auditor forthwith after the appointment is made.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 94.

95.(1) Qualification of auditor

     95.(1) Except as provided in subsection (2), no person shall be
     appointed as auditor of a company who is a director, officer or
     employee of that company or an affiliated company or who is a
     partner, employer or employee of any such director, officer or
     employee.

95.(2) Private companies

     95.(2) Upon the unanimous vote of the shareholders of a private
     company present or represented at the meeting at which the auditor
     is appointed, a director, officer or employee of that company or an
     affiliated company, or a partner, employer or employee of such
     director, officer or employee may be appointed as auditor of that
     company, if it is not a subsidiary company of a company incorporated
     by any legislative jurisdiction in Canada which is not a private
     company within the meaning of this Act.

95.(3) Notice

     95.(3) A person appointed as auditor under subsection (2) shall
     indicate in the person's report to the shareholders on the annual
     financial statement of the company that the person is a director,
     officer or employee of the company or a partner, employer or
     employee of such director, officer or employee. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 95.

96.(1) Annual audit

     96.(1) The auditor shall make such examination as will enable the
     auditor to report to the shareholders as required under subsection (2).

96.(2) Auditor's report

     96.(2) The auditor shall make a report to the shareholders on the
     financial statement, other than the part thereof that relates to the
     period referred to in subclause 97 (1) (b) (ii), to be laid before
     the company at any annual meeting during the auditor's term of
     office and shall state in the report whether in the auditor's
     opinion the financial statement referred to therein presents fairly
     the financial position of the company and the results of its
     operations for the period under review in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with
     that of the preceding period.

96.(3) Idem

     96.(3) If the financial statement contains a statement of source and
     application of funds or a statement of changes in net assets, the
     auditor shall include in the auditor's report a statement whether in
     the auditor's opinion, in effect, the statement of source and
     application of funds or the statement of changes in net assets
     presents fairly the information shown therein.

96.(4)Idem

     96.(4) The auditor in the auditor's report shall make such
     statements as the auditor considers necessary,

          (a) if the company's financial statement is not in agreement
          with its accounting records;

          (b) if the company's financial statement is not in accordance
          with the requirements of this Act;

          (c) if the auditor has not received all the information and
          explanations that the auditor has required; or

          (d) if proper accounting records have not been kept, so far as
          appears from the auditor's examination.

96.(5) Right of access, etc.

     96.(5) The auditor of a company has right of access at all times to
     all records, documents, books, accounts and vouchers of the company
     and is entitled to require from the directors and officers of the
     company such information and explanation as in the auditor's opinion
     are necessary to enable the auditor to report as required by
     subsection (2).

96.(6) Auditor may attend shareholders' meetings

     96.(6) The auditor of a company is entitled to attend any meeting of
     shareholders of the company and to receive all notices and other
     communications relating to any such meeting that a shareholder is
     entitled to receive and to be heard at any such meeting that the
     auditor attends on any part of the business of the meeting that
     concerns the auditor as auditor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 96.

96.1. Exemption from annual audit

     96.1 In respect of a financial year of a company, the company is
     exempt from the requirements of this Part regarding the appointment
     and duties of an auditor if,

          (a) the company is not a public company;

          (b) the annual income of the company is less than $10,000; and

          (c) all of the shareholders consent, in writing, to the
          exemption in respect of the year. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 63.

97.(1) Information to be laid before annual meeting

     97.(1) The directors shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,

          (a) in the case of a private company, a financial statement for
          the period that commenced on the date of incorporation and
          ended not more than six months before such annual meeting or,
          if the company has completed a financial year, that commenced
          immediately after the end of the last completed financial year
          and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting,
          as the case may be, made up of,

             (i) a statement of profit and loss for such period,

             (ii) a statement of surplus for such period, and

             (iii) a balance sheet as at the end of such period;

          (b) in the case of a public company, a comparative financial
          statement relating separately to,

             (i) the period that commenced on the date of incorporation
             and ended not more than six months before such annual
             meeting or, if the company has completed a financial year,
             that commenced immediately after the end of the last
             completed financial year and ended not more than six months
             before such annual meeting, as the case may be, and

             (ii) the period covered by the financial year next preceding
             such latest completed financial year, if any,

            made up of,

             (iii) a statement of profit and loss for each period,

             (iv) a statement of surplus for each period,

             (v) a statement of source and application of funds for each
             period, and

             (vi) a balance sheet as at the end of each period;

          (c) the report of the auditor to the shareholders;

          (d) such further information respecting the financial position
          of the company as the letters patent, supplementary letters
          patent or by-laws of the company require.

97.(2) Designation of statements

     97.(2) It is not necessary to designate the statements referred to
     in subsection (1) as the statement of profit and loss, statement of
     surplus, statement of source and application of funds and balance
     sheet.

97.(3) Auditor's report to be read

     97.(3) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read
     at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any
     shareholder.

97.(4) Omission of comparative statement

     97.(4) Despite clause (1) (b), the financial statement referred to
     in such clause may relate only to the period that ended not more
     than six months before the annual meeting if the reason for the
     omission of the statement in respect of the period covered by the
     previous financial statement is set out in the financial statement
     to be laid before such meeting or by way of note thereto.

97.(5) Omission of source and application statement

     97.(5) Despite subclause (1) (b) (v), the statement of source and
     application of funds may be omitted if the reason for such omission
     is set out in the financial statement or by way of note thereto.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 97.

98.(1) Statement of profit and loss

     98.(1) The statement of profit and loss to be laid before an annual
     meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the results of the
     operations of the company for the period covered by the statement
     and so as to distinguish severally at least,

          (a) in the case of a public company, sales or gross operating
          revenue;

          (b) the operating profit or loss before including or providing
          for other items of income or expense that are required to be
          shown separately;

          (c) income from investments in subsidiaries whose financial
          statements are not consolidated with those of the company;

          (d) income from investments in affiliated companies other than
          subsidiaries;

          (e) income from other investments;

          (f) non-recurring profits and losses of significant amount
          including profits or losses on the disposal of capital assets
          and other items of a special nature to the extent that they are
          not shown separately in the statement of earned surplus;

          (g) provision for depreciation or obsolescence or depletion;

          (h) amounts written off for goodwill or amortization of any
          other intangible assets to the extent that they are not shown
          separately in the statement of earned surplus;

          (i) interest on indebtedness initially incurred for a term of
          more than one year, including amortization of debt discount or
          premium and expense;

          (j) taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority,

     and shall show the net profit or loss for the financial period.

98.(2) Notes

     98.(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in
     clauses (1) (g) and (h) may be shown by way of note to the statement
     of profit and loss.

98.(3) Order for omission of sales or gross operating revenue

     98.(3) A public company may apply to the Commission for an order
     permitting sales or gross operating revenue referred to in clause
     (1) (a) of this section or subclause 110 (1) (b) (i) to be omitted
     from the statement of profit and loss or the interim financial
     statement, as the case may be, and the Commission may, on such terms
     and conditions as it may impose, permit such omission where it is
     satisfied that in the circumstances the disclosure of such
     information would be unduly detrimental to the interests of the
     company.

98.(4) Hearing of Commission

     98.(4) The provisions of the Securities Act respecting hearings by
     the Commission apply, so far as possible, to hearings of the
     Commission under this section.

98.(5) Appeal from Commission

     98.(5) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the
     Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the
     Divisional Court, and subsections 9 (2) to (6) of the Securities Act
     apply to the appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 98.

99.(1) Statement of surplus

     99.(1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present
     fairly the transactions reflected in the statement and shall show
     separately a statement of contributed surplus and a statement of
     earned surplus.

99.(2) Contributed surplus

     99.(2) The statement of contributed surplus shall be drawn up so as
     to include and distinguish the following items:

          1. The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding
          financial period.

          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the
          financial period including,

             (a) the amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares
             or the reorganization of the company's issued capital,
             including,

                (i) the amount of premiums received on the issue of
                shares at a premium,

                (ii) the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for
                cancellation of shares; and

             (b) donations of cash or other property by shareholders.

          3. The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial
          period.

99.(3) Earned surplus

     99.(3) The statement of earned surplus shall be drawn up so as to
     distinguish at least the following items:

          1. The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding
          financial period.

          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the
          financial period and without restricting the generality of the
          foregoing at least the following:

             i. The amount of the net profit or loss for the financial
             period.

             ii. The amount of dividends declared on each class of
             shares.

             iii. The amount transferred to or from reserves.

          3. The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial
          period. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 99.

100. Statement of source and application of funds

     100. The statement of source and application of funds referred to in
     subclause 97 (1) (b) (v) and clause 110 (1) (a) shall be drawn up so
     as to present fairly the information shown therein for the period,
     and shall show separately at least,

          (a) funds derived from,

             (i) current operations,

             (ii) sale of non-current assets, segregating investments,
             fixed assets and intangible assets,

             (iii) issue of securities or other indebtedness maturing
             more than one year after issue, and

             (iv) issue of shares; and

          (b) funds applied to,

             (i) purchase of non-current assets, segregating investments,
             fixed assets and intangible assets,

             (ii) redemption or other retirement of securities or
             repayment of other indebtedness maturing more than one year
             after issue,

             (iii) redemption or other retirement of shares, and

             (iv) payment of dividends. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 100.

101. Balance sheet

     101. The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall be
     drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the
     company as at the date to which it is made up and so as to
     distinguish severally at least the following:

            1. Cash.

            2. Debts owing to the company from its directors, officers or
            shareholders, except debts of reasonable amount arising in
            the ordinary course of its business that are not overdue
            having regard to its ordinary terms of credit.

            3. Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan
            or otherwise, from subsidiaries whose financial statements
            are not consolidated with those of the company.

            4. Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan
            or otherwise, from affiliated companies other than
            subsidiaries.

            5. Other debts owing to the company, segregating those that
            arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.

            6. Inventory, stating the basis of valuation.

            7. Shares, bonds, debentures and other investments owned by
            the company, except those referred to in items 8 and 9,
            stating their nature and the basis of their valuation and
            showing separately those that are marketable with a notation
            of their market value.

            8. Shares or securities of subsidiaries whose financial
            statements are not consolidated with those of the company,
            stating the basis of valuation.

            9. Shares or securities of affiliated companies other than
            subsidiaries, stating the basis of valuation.

            10. Lands, buildings, and plant and equipment, stating the
            basis of valuation, whether cost or otherwise, and, if valued
            on the basis of an appraisal, the date of appraisal, the name
            of the appraiser, the basis of the appraisal value and, if
            such appraisal took place within five years preceding the
            date to which the balance sheet is made up, the disposition
            in the accounts of the company of any amounts added to or
            deducted from such assets on appraisal and also the amount or
            amounts accumulated in respect of depreciation, obsolescence
            and depletion.

            11. There shall be stated under separate headings, in so far
            as they are not written off, (i) expenditures on account of
            future business; (ii) any expense incurred in connection with
            any issue of shares; (iii) any expense incurred in connection
            with any issue of securities, including any discount thereon;
            and (iv) any one or more of the following: goodwill,
            franchises, patents, copyrights, trade marks and other
            intangible assets and the amount, if any, by which the value
            of any such assets has been written up after the 30th day of
            April, 1954.

            12. The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under
            clauses 24 (2) (c), (d) and (e).

            13. Bank loans and overdrafts.

            14. Debts owing by the company on loans from its directors,
            officers or shareholders.

            15. Debts owing by the company to subsidiaries whose
            financial statements are not consolidated with those of the
            company, whether on account of a loan or otherwise.

            16. Debts owing by the company to affiliated companies other
            than subsidiaries whether on account of a loan or otherwise.

            17. Other debts owing by the company, segregating those that
            arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.

            18. Liability for taxes, including the estimated liability
            for taxes in respect of the income of the period covered by
            the statement of profit and loss.

            19. Dividends declared but not paid.

            20. Deferred income.

            21. Securities issued by the company, stating the interest
            rate, the maturity date, the amount outstanding and the
            existence of sinking fund, redemption requirements and
            conversion rights, if any.

            22. The authorized capital, giving the number of each class
            of shares and a brief description of each such class, and
            indicating therein any class of shares that is redeemable and
            the redemption price thereof.

            23. The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each
            class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor
            that is attributable to capital, and showing,

               (a) the number of shares of each class issued since the
               date of the last balance sheet and the value attributed
               thereto, distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares
               issued for services and shares issued for other
               consideration; and

               (b) where any shares have not been fully paid,

                  (i) the number of shares in respect of which calls have
                  not been made and the aggregate amount that has not
                  been called, and

                  (ii) the number of shares in respect of which calls have
                  been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that
                  has been called and not paid.

            24. Contributed surplus.

            25. Earned surplus.

            26. Reserves, showing the amounts added thereto and the
            amounts deducted therefrom during the financial period.
            R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 101.

102. Notes to balance sheet

     102. Explanatory information or particulars of any item mentioned in
     section 101 may be shown by way of note to the balance sheet. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 102.

103.(1) Notes to financial statement

     103.(1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial
     statement particulars of any change in accounting principle or
     practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or
     practice made during the period covered that affects the
     comparability of any of the statements with any of those for the
     preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such change
     upon the profit or loss for the period.

103.(2) Change in accounting practice

     103.(2) For the purpose of subsection (1), a change in accounting
     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting
     principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with
     that for the preceding period, even though it did not have a
     material effect upon the profit or loss for the period.

103.(3)Idem

     103.(3) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to
     in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:

            1. The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other
            than the currency in which the financial statement is
            expressed.

            2. Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of
            the company.

            3. Contractual obligations that will require abnormal
            expenditures in relation to the company's normal business
            requirements or financial position or that are likely to
            involve losses not provided for in the accounts.

            4. Material contractual obligations in respect of long-term
            leases, including, in the year in which the transaction was
            effected, the principal details of any sale and lease
            transaction.

            5. Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where
            practicable, the approximate amounts involved.

            6. Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law
            on any asset of the company, stating the liability so
            secured.

            7. Any default of the company in principal, interest, sinking
            fund or redemption provisions with respect to any issue of
            its securities or credit agreements.

            8. The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of
            shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.

            9. Where a company has contracted to issue shares or has
            given an option to purchase shares, the class and number of
            shares affected, the price and the date for issue of the
            shares or exercise of the option.

            10. The aggregate direct remuneration paid or payable by the
            company and its subsidiaries whose financial statements are
            consolidated with those of the company to the directors, and
            the senior officers as defined in subsection 72 (1), of the
            company and, as a separate amount, the aggregate direct
            remuneration paid or payable to such directors and senior
            officers by the subsidiaries of the company whose financial
            statements are not consolidated with those of the company.

            11. In the case of a holding company, the aggregate of any
            shares in, and the aggregate of any securities of, the
            holding company held by subsidiary companies whose financial
            statements are not consolidated with that of the holding
            company.

            12. The amount of any loans by the company, or by a
            subsidiary company, otherwise than in the ordinary course of
            business, during the company's financial period, to the
            directors or officers of the company.

            13. Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary
            letters patent or by-laws of the company or by contract on
            the payment of dividends that is significant in the light of
            the company's financial position.

            14. Any event or transaction, other than one in the normal
            course of business operations, between the date to which the
            financial statement is made up and the date of the auditor's
            report thereon that materially affects the financial
            statement.

            15. In the case of a public company, the amount of any
            obligation for pension benefits arising from service prior to
            the date of the balance sheet, whether or not such obligation
            has been provided for in the accounts of the company, the
            manner in which the company proposes to satisfy such
            obligation and the basis on which it has charged or proposes
            to charge the related costs against operations.

103.(4)Idem

     103.(4) A note to a financial statement is a part of it. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 103.

104. Insignificant circumstances

     104. Despite sections 98 to 103, it is not necessary to state in a
     financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of
     relative insignificance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 104.

105.(1) Consolidated financial statement

     105.(1) A company, in this section referred to as "the holding
     company", may include in the financial statement to be submitted at
     an annual meeting the assets and liabilities and income and expense
     of any one or more of its subsidiaries, making due provision for
     minority interests, if any, and indicating in such financial
     statement that it is presented in consolidated form.

105.(2)Idem

     105.(2) Where the assets and liabilities and income and expense of
     any one or more subsidiaries of the holding company are not so
     included in the financial statement of the holding company,

          (a) the financial statement of the holding company shall
          include a statement setting forth,

             (i) the reason why the assets and liabilities and income and
             expense of such subsidiary or subsidiaries are not included
             in the financial statement of the holding company,

             (ii) if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the
             holding company's proportion of the profit or loss of such
             subsidiary for the financial period coinciding with or
             ending in the financial period of the holding company, or,
             if there is more than one such subsidiary, the amount of the
             holding company's proportion of the aggregate profits less
             losses, or losses less profits, of all such subsidiaries for
             the respective financial periods coinciding with or ending
             in the financial period of the holding company,

             (iii) the amount included as income from such subsidiary or
             subsidiaries in the statement of profit and loss of the
             holding company and the amount included therein as a
             provision for the loss or losses of such subsidiary or
             subsidiaries,

             (iv) if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the
             holding company's proportion of the undistributed profits of
             such subsidiary earned since the acquisition of the shares
             of such subsidiary by the holding company to the extent that
             such amount has not been taken into the accounts of the
             holding company, or, if there is more than one such
             subsidiary, the amount of the holding company's proportion
             of the aggregate undistributed profits of all such
             subsidiaries earned since the acquisition of their shares by
             the holding company less its proportion of the losses, if
             any, suffered by any such subsidiary since the acquisition
             of its shares to the extent that such amount has not been
             taken into the accounts of the holding company,

             (v) any qualifications contained in the report of the
             auditor of any such subsidiary on its financial statement
             for the financial period ending as aforesaid, and any note
             or reference contained in that financial statement to call
             attention to a matter that, apart from the note or
             reference, would properly have been referred to in such a
             qualification, in so far as the matter that is the subject
             of the qualification or note is not provided for by the
             company's own financial statement and is material from the
             point of view of its shareholders;

          (b) if for any reason the directors of the holding company are
          unable to obtain such information as is necessary for the
          preparation of the statement that is to be included in the
          financial statement of the holding company, the directors who
          sign the financial statement shall so report in writing and
          their report shall be included in the financial statement in
          lieu of the statement;

          (c) true copies of the latest financial statement of such
          subsidiary or subsidiaries shall be kept on hand by the holding
          company at its head office and shall be open to inspection by
          the shareholders of the holding company on request during the
          normal business hours of the holding company, but the directors
          of the holding company may by resolution refuse the right of
          such inspection if such inspection is not in the public
          interest or would prejudice the holding company or such
          subsidiary or subsidiaries, which resolution may, on the
          application of any such shareholder to the court, be set aside
          by the court;

          (d) if, in the opinion of the auditor of the holding company,
          adequate provision has not been made in the financial statement
          of the holding company for the holding company's proportion,

             (i) where there is only one such subsidiary, of the loss of
             such subsidiary suffered since acquisition of its shares by
             the holding company, or

             (ii) where there is more than one such subsidiary, of the
             aggregate losses suffered by such subsidiaries since
             acquisition of their shares by the holding company in excess
             of its proportion of the undistributed profits, if any,
             earned by any of such subsidiaries since such acquisition,

          the auditor shall state in the auditor's report the additional
          amount that in the auditor's opinion is necessary to make full
          provision therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 105.

106.(1) Definitions: subsidiary company

     106.(1) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to
     be a subsidiary of another company if, but only if,

          (a) it is controlled by,

             (i) that other, or

             (ii) that other and one or more companies each of which is
             controlled by that other, or

             (iii) two or more companies each of which is controlled by
             that other; or

          (b) it is a subsidiary of a company that is that other's
          subsidiary.

106.(2) Holding Company

     106.(2) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to
     be another's holding company if, but only if, that other is its
     subsidiary.

106.(3) Affiliated Company

     106.(3) For the purposes of this Act, one company shall be deemed to
     be affiliated with another company if, but only if, one of them is
     the subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same
     company or each of them is controlled by the same person.

106.(4) Control

     106.(4) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to be
     controlled by another company or person or by two or more companies
     if, but only if,

          (a) shares of the first-mentioned company carrying more than 50
          per cent of the votes for the election of directors are held,
          otherwise than by way of security only, by or for the benefit
          of such other company or person or by or for the benefit of
          such other companies; and

          (b) the votes carried by such shares are sufficient, if
          exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of the
          first-mentioned company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 106.

107. Reserves

     107. In a financial statement, the term "reserve" shall be used to
     describe only,

          (a) amounts appropriated from earned surplus at the discretion
          of management for some purpose other than to meet a liability
          or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the
          statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has
          already occurred;

          (b) amounts appropriated from earned surplus pursuant to the
          instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument
          of incorporation or by-laws of the company for some purpose
          other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted
          or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in
          value of an asset that has already occurred; and

          (c) amounts appropriated from earned surplus in accordance with
          the terms of a contract and that can be restored to the earned
          surplus when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 107.

108. Approval of financial statement

     108. The financial statement shall be approved by the board of
     directors, such approval to be evidenced by the signature at the
     foot of the balance sheet by two of the directors duly authorized to
     sign, and the auditor's report shall be attached to the financial
     statement or there shall be inserted at the foot of the balance
     sheet a reference to the report. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 108.

109.(1) Mailing of financial statement to shareholders

     109.(1) A public company shall, ten days or more before the date of
     the annual meeting, send by prepaid mail to each shareholder at the
     shareholder's last address as shown on the books of the company a
     copy of the financial statement and a copy of the auditor's report.

109.(2) Financial statement, private companies

     109.(2) A shareholder of a private company is entitled to be
     furnished by the company on demand with a copy of the documents
     mentioned in subsection (1).

109.(3) Offence

     109.(3) A company that fails to comply with subsection (1) or (2) is
     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $200, and every director or officer of the company who
     authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of
     an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 109.

110.(1) Comparative interim financial statement

     110.(1) A public company shall send to each shareholder a copy of a
     comparative interim financial statement for the six-month period
     that commenced on the date of incorporation or, if the company has
     completed a financial year, for the six-month period that commenced
     immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and
     for the comparable six-month period, if any, in the twelve months
     immediately preceding the commencement of the six-month period in
     respect of which such interim financial statement is issued, made up
     of,

          (a) a statement of source and application of funds for each
          period that complies with section 100; and

          (b) sufficient relevant financial information in summary form
          to present fairly the results of the operations of the company
          for each period, including,

             (i) a statement of sales or gross operating revenue,

             (ii) extraordinary items of income or expense,

             (iii) net income before taxes on income imposed by any
             taxing authority,

             (iv) taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority, and

             (v) net profit or loss.

110.(2)Idem

     110.(2) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1)
     may omit either or both of,

          (a) the information relating to the comparable period; and

          (b) the statement of source and application of funds,

     if the reason for the omission or omissions, as the case may be, is
     set out in the interim financial statement or by way of note
     thereto.

110.(3)Idem

     110.(3) There shall be stated by way of note to the interim
     financial statement required by subsection (1) particulars of any
     change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of
     applying any accounting principle or practice made during the period
     covered that affects the comparability of such statement with the
     statement for the preceding period or with the interim financial
     statement for a part of the preceding period, and the effect, if
     material, of any such change upon the profit or loss for the period
     covered by the interim financial statement.

110.(4)Idem

     110.(4) For the purpose of subsection (3), a change in accounting
     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting
     principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with
     that for the preceding period or part thereof, even though it did
     not have a material effect upon the profit or loss for the period
     covered by the interim financial statement.

110.(5) Idem

     110.(5) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1)
     shall be sent by prepaid mail to each shareholder, within sixty days
     of the date to which it is made up, at the shareholder's last
     address as shown on the books of the company.

110.(6) Offence

     110.(6) A company that fails to comply with this section is guilty
     of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
     $1,000, and every director or officer of the company who authorized,
     permitted or acquiesced in any such failure is guilty of an offence
     and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     110.

111.(1) Subsidiaries not to hold shares of holding companies

     111.(1) Except in the cases mentioned in this section, a company
     shall not be a shareholder of a company that is its holding company,
     and any allotment or transfer of shares of a company to its
     subsidiary company is void. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 111 (1).

111.(2) Application

     111.(2) This section does not apply to a subsidiary holding shares
     as executor, administrator, guardian or trustee unless the holding
     company or a subsidiary thereof is beneficially interested under the
     trust and is not so interested only by way of security for the
     purposes of a transaction entered into by it in the ordinary course
     of a business that includes the lending of money. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 111 (2); 1992, c. 32, s. 6 (8).

111.(3)Exception

     111.(3) This section does not prevent a subsidiary that on the 30th
     day of April, 1954, held shares of its holding company from
     continuing to hold such shares, but, subject to subsection (2), the
     subsidiary has no right to vote at meetings of shareholders of the
     holding company or at meetings of any class of shareholders thereof.

111.(4)Nominees

     111.(4) Subject to subsection (2), subsections (1) and (3) apply in
     relation to a nominee for a company that is a subsidiary as if the
     references in subsections (1) and (3) to such a company included
     references to a nominee for it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 111 (3, 4).

112.(1) Definition

     112. 112.(1) In this section,

       "arrangement" includes a reorganization of the authorized capital
        of a company and includes, without limiting the generality of the
        foregoing, the consolidation of shares of different classes, the
        reclassification of shares of a class into shares of another
        class and the variation of the terms, preferences, rights,
        conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching
        to shares of any class, and includes a reconstruction under which
        a company transfers or sells or proposes to transfer or to sell
        to another company the whole or a substantial part of its
        undertaking for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of
        shares or securities of the other company and in which it
        proposes to distribute a part of such consideration among its
        shareholders of any class or to cease carrying on its undertaking
        or the part of its undertaking so transferred or sold or so
        proposed to be transferred or sold.

112.(2) Arrangements

     112.(2) Where an arrangement is proposed between a company and its
     shareholders or a class or classes of them affecting the rights of
     such shareholders or class or classes under the company's letters
     patent or supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on
     application of the company or of a shareholder, order a meeting of
     the shareholders of the company or of the class or classes affected,
     as the case may be, to be held on twenty-one days notice, or such
     shorter time as the court directs, served in such manner as the
     court directs.

112.(3) Contents of notice calling meeting

     112.(3) Where a meeting of the shareholders or of any class or
     classes of shareholders is called under subsection (2), the notice
     calling the meeting shall contain a statement explaining the effect
     of the arrangement and in particular stating any interest of the
     directors of the company, whether as directors or as shareholders of
     the company or otherwise, and the effect thereon of the arrangement,
     in so far as it is different from the effect on the like interest of
     other persons.

112.(4) Sanction by court

     112.(4) If the shareholders of the company or of the class or
     classes affected, as the case may be, present in person or by proxy
     at the meeting, agree by at least three-fourths of the shares of
     each class represented to the arrangement either as proposed or as
     varied at the meeting, the arrangement may be sanctioned by the
     court and, if so sanctioned, the arrangement and any decrease or
     increase in the authorized capital and any provisions for the
     allotment or disposition thereof by sale or otherwise as therein set
     forth may be confirmed by supplementary letters patent and thereupon
     is binding on the company and on the shareholders of the company or
     on the class or classes of shareholders affected.

112.(5) Notice to dissenters

     112.(5) If dissenting votes are cast at the meeting and, despite
     such dissenting votes, the arrangement is agreed to by the
     shareholders or the class or classes represented in accordance with
     subsection (4) and unless the court in its discretion otherwise
     orders, the company shall notify each dissenting shareholder in such
     manner as the court directs of the time and place when application
     will be made to it for the sanction of the arrangement. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 112.

113.(1) Amalgamation

     113.(1) Any two or more companies, including a holding and
     subsidiary company, having the same or similar objects may
     amalgamate and continue as one company.

113.(2) Agreement

     113.(2) The companies proposing to amalgamate may enter into an
     agreement for the amalgamation prescribing the terms and conditions
     of the amalgamation, the mode of carrying the amalgamation into
     effect and stating the name of the amalgamated company, the names,
     callings and places of residence of the first directors thereof and
     how and when the subsequent directors are to be elected with such
     other details as may be necessary to perfect the amalgamation and to
     provide for the subsequent management and working of the amalgamated
     company, the authorized capital of the amalgamated company and the
     manner of converting the authorized capital of each of the companies
     into that of the amalgamated company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 113
     (1, 2).

113.(3)Adoption by shareholders

     113.(3) The agreement shall be submitted to the shareholders of each
     of the amalgamating companies at general meetings thereof called for
     the purpose of considering the agreement, and, if two-thirds of the
     votes cast at each such meeting are in favour of the adoption of the
     agreement, that fact shall be certified upon the agreement by the
     secretary of each of the amalgamating companies. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 113 (3); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 64.

113.(4) Joint application for letters patent

     113.(4) If the agreement is adopted in accordance with subsection
     (3), the amalgamating companies may apply jointly to the Lieutenant
     Governor for letters patent confirming the agreement and
     amalgamating the companies so applying, and on and from the date of
     the letters patent such companies are amalgamated and are continued
     as one company by the name in the letters patent provided, and the
     amalgamated company possesses all the property, rights, privileges
     and franchises and is subject to all liabilities, contracts,
     disabilities and debts of each of the amalgamating companies. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 113 (4).

114.(1) Distribution of assets where winding up protracted

     114.(1) Where a company has ceased to carry on business except for
     the purpose of winding up its affairs and has no debts or
     obligations that have not been provided for or protected, the
     directors may pass by-laws for distributing in money, kind, specie
     or otherwise the property of the company or any part of it rateably
     among the shareholders according to their rights and interests in
     the company.

114.(2) Confirmation

     114.(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by
     two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders duly
     called for considering the by-law nor until it has been confirmed by
     the Lieutenant Governor in Council. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 114.

115.(1) Private companies contravening privileges, etc.

     115.(1) If a private company contravenes any of the provisions of
     its special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the
     limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on
     invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities,
     it ceases to be entitled to the privileges and exemptions conferred
     on private companies under this Act and thereupon this Act applies
     to the company as if it were not a private company.

115.(2) Relief

     115.(2) The court, on being satisfied that any such contravention
     was accidental or due to inadvertence or to some other sufficient
     cause, or that on other grounds it is just and equitable to grant
     relief, may, on the application of the company or any other person
     interested and on such terms and conditions as the court considers
     proper, order that the company be relieved from the consequences
     mentioned in subsection (1).

115.(3) Offence

     115.(3) In addition to the consequences mentioned in subsection (1),
     every private company that contravenes any of the provisions of its
     special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the
     limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on
     invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities,
     and every director or officer of the company who authorizes, permits
     or acquiesces in any such contravention, is guilty of an offence and
     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 115.

116.(1) Private company, rights of dissenting shareholders

     116.(1) If, in the case of a private company, at a meeting of
     shareholders,

          (a) a resolution passed by the directors authorizing the sale
          or disposition of the undertaking of the company or any part
          thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety is
          confirmed with or without variation by the shareholders;

          (b) a resolution passed by the directors authorizing an
          application for the issue of supplementary letters patent
          providing for the conversion of the company into a public
          company is confirmed with or without variation by the
          shareholders; or

          (c) an agreement for the amalgamation of the company with one
          or more other companies, whether public or private, is
          confirmed by the shareholders,

     any shareholder who has voted against the confirmation of such
     resolution or agreement, as the case may be, may within two days
     after the date of the meeting give notice in writing to the company
     requiring it to purchase the shareholder's shares.

116.(2) Company bound to purchase shares

     116.(2) Within ninety days from the date of the completion of the
     sale or disposition or the issue of the supplementary letters patent
     or the letters patent, as the case may be, the company shall
     purchase the shares of every shareholder who has given notice under
     subsection (1).

116.(3) Saving

     116.(3) The company shall not purchase any shares under subsection
     (2) if it is insolvent or if such purchase would render the company
     insolvent.

116.(4) Price of shares

     116.(4) The price and terms of the purchase of such shares shall be
     as may be agreed upon by the company and the dissenting shareholder,
     but, if they fail to agree, the price and terms shall be as
     determined by the court on the application of the dissenting
     shareholder.

116.(5) Sale of shares

     116.(5) Any shares purchased under subsection (2) shall not be
     cancelled by reason only of such purchase, and may be sold by the
     company at such price and on such terms as the directors determine.

116.(6) Where sale not completed

     116.(6) If the sale or disposition is not completed or the
     supplementary letters patent or letters patent are not issued, the
     rights of the dissenting shareholder under this section cease and
     the company shall not purchase the shares of such shareholder under
     this section. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 116.

                    PART III
                    CORPORATIONS WITHOUT SHARE CAPITAL

117. Application

     117. This Part, except where it is otherwise expressly provided,
     applies,

          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper
          Canada;

          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada
          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and
          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of
          the Legislature extends; and

          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Legislature,

     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the
     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street
     railway. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 117.

118. Incorporation

     118. A corporation may be incorporated to which Part V applies or
     that has objects that are within the jurisdiction of the Province of
     Ontario. 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (5).

119.(1) Application for incorporation

     119.(1) The applicants for the incorporation of a corporation shall
     file with the Lieutenant Governor an application showing:

          1. The names in full, the place of residence and the calling of
          each of the applicants.

          2. The name of the corporation to be incorporated.

          3. The objects for which the corporation is to be incorporated.

          4. The place in Ontario where the head office of the
          corporation is to be situate.

          5. The names of the applicants who are to be the first
          directors of the corporation.

          6. Any other matters that the applicants desire to have
          embodied in the letters patent.

119.(2)Idem

     119.(2) The applicants may ask to have embodied in the letters
     patent any provision that may be made the subject of a by-law of the
     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 119.

119.(3)Exception

     119.(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a provision providing for
     the election and retirement of directors in accordance with
     subsection 287 (2) or (5). 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 65.

120. Classes of membership

     120. The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of
     a corporation may provide for more than one class of membership and
     in that case shall set forth the designation of and the terms and
     conditions attaching to each class. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 120.

121. Applicants become members

     121. Upon incorporation of a corporation, each applicant becomes a
     member thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 121.

122. Members not liable

     122. A member shall not, as such, be held answerable or responsible
     for any act, default, obligation or liability of the corporation or
     for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury, transaction,
     matter or thing relating to or connected with the corporation.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 122.

123. Number of members

     123. Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-
     laws of a corporation otherwise provide, there is no limit on the
     number of members of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 123.

124.(1) Admission to membership

     124.(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person or unincorporated
     association may be admitted to membership in a corporation by
     resolution of the board of directors, but the letters patent,
     supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that such
     resolution is not effective until it has been confirmed by the
     members in general meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 124 (1); 1994,
     c. 27, s. 78 (6).

124.(2)Idem

     124.(2) The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws
     of a corporation may provide for the admission of members by virtue
     of their office. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 124 (2).

125. Voting powers of members

     125. Each member of each class of members of a corporation has one
     vote, unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-
     laws of the corporation provide that each such member has more than
     one vote or has no vote. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 125.

126.(1) Not to be carried on for gain

     126.(1) A corporation, except a corporation to which Part V applies,
     shall be carried on without the purpose of gain for its members and
     any profits or other accretions to the corporation shall be used in
     promoting its objects and the letters patent shall so provide, and,
     where a company is converted into a corporation, the supplementary
     letters patent shall so provide.

126.(2)Exception

     126.(2) Nothing in subsection (1) prohibits a director from
     receiving reasonable remuneration and expenses for his or her
     services to the corporation as a director or prohibits a director or
     member from receiving reasonable remuneration and expenses for his
     or her services to the corporation in any other capacity, unless the
     letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws otherwise
     provide. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 126.

127. Directors by virtue of their office

     127. Subject to section 286, the letters patent, supplementary
     letters patent or by-laws of a corporation may provide for persons
     becoming directors by virtue of their office, in lieu of election.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 127.

128.(1) Memberships not transferable, termination

     128.(1) Unless the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     otherwise provide, the interest of a member in a corporation is not
     transferable and lapses and ceases to exist upon the member's death
     or when the member ceases to be a member by resignation or otherwise
     in accordance with the by-laws of the corporation.

128.(2) Where transferable

     128.(2) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     provide that the interest of a member in the corporation is
     transferable, the by-laws shall not restrict the transfer of such
     interest. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 128.

129.(1) By-laws

     129.(1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws not contrary
     to this Act or to the letters patent or supplementary letters patent
     to regulate,

          (a) the admission of persons and unincorporated associations as
          members and as members by virtue of their office and the
          qualification of and the conditions of membership;

          (b) the fees and dues of members;

          (c) the issue of membership cards and certificates;

          (d) the suspension and termination of memberships by the
          corporation and by the member;

          (e) the transfer of memberships;

          (f) the qualification of and the remuneration of the directors
          and the directors by virtue of their office, if any;

          (g) the time for and the manner of election of directors;

          (h) the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and
          removal of agents, officers and employees of the corporation
          and the security, if any, to be given by them to it;

          (i) the time and place and the notice to be given for the
          holding of meetings of the members and of the board of
          directors, the quorum at meetings of members, the requirement
          as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at members'
          meetings and at meetings of the board of directors;

          (j) the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the
          corporation.

129.(2) Confirmation

     129.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment
     or reenactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a
     general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose, is
     effective only until the next annual meeting of the members unless
     confirmed thereat, and, in default of confirmation thereat, ceases
     to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new by-law
     of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed at a
     general meeting of the members.

129.(3) Rejection

     129.(3) The members may at the general meeting or the annual meeting
     mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or otherwise deal
     with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted to the meeting
     for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired under any such
     by-law is prejudicially affected by any such rejection, amendment or
     other dealing. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 129.

130.(1) By-laws respecting delegates

     130.(1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws providing
     for,

          (a) the division of its members into groups that are composed
          of territorial groups, common interest groups or both
          territorial and common interest groups;

          (b) the election of some or all of its directors,

             (i) by such groups on the basis of the number of members in
             each group, or

             (ii) for the groups in a defined geographical area, by the
             delegates of such groups meeting together;

          (c) the election of delegates and alternative delegates to
          represent each group on the basis of the number of members in
          each group;

          (d) the number and method of electing delegates;

          (e) the holding of meetings of delegates;

          (f) the authority of delegates at meetings or providing that a
          meeting of delegates shall for all purposes be deemed to be and
          to have all the powers of a meeting of the members;

          (g) the holding of meetings of members or delegates
          territorially or on the basis of common interest. R.S.O. 1990,
          c. C.38, s. 130 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 66.

130.(2) Confirmation

     130.(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it
     has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a
     general meeting of the members duly called for considering the by-
     law.

130.(3) Voting

     130.(3) A delegate has only one vote and shall not vote by proxy.

130.(4) Qualification of delegates

     130.(4) No person shall be elected a delegate who is not a member of
     the corporation.

130.(5) Saving

     130.(5) No such by-law shall prohibit members from attending
     meetings of delegates and participating in the discussions at such
     meetings. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 130 (2-5).

131.(1) Supplementary letters patent

     131.(1) A corporation may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the
     issue of supplementary letters patent,

          (a) extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects;

          (b) changing its name;

          (c) varying any provision in its letters patent or prior
          supplementary letters patent;

          (d) providing for any matter or thing in respect of which
          provision may be made in letters patent under this Act;

          (e) converting it into a company;

          (f) converting it into a corporation, with or without share
          capital.

131.(2)Authorization

     131.(2) An application under clauses (1) (a) to (d) shall be
     authorized by a special resolution.

131.(3)Idem

     131.(3) An application under clauses (1) (e) to (f) shall be
     authorized by resolution of the board of directors and confirmed in
     writing,

          (a) by 100 per cent of the members; or

          (b) by at least 95 per cent of the members,

     but, in the case of confirmation under clause (b), the application
     shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application
     has been given by sending the notice to each member to the member's
     last address as shown on the books of the corporation and only if at
     the expiration of the twenty-one days none of the members has
     dissented in writing to the corporation.

131.(4) Contents of application for conversion into company

     131.(4) If the application is under clause (1) (e) or (f) and the
     corporation is to become a company, the application shall set forth
     the authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any, into which it
     is to be divided, the number of shares of each class, the par value
     of each share or, where the shares are to be without par value, the
     consideration, if any, exceeding which each share or the aggregate
     consideration, if any, exceeding which all the shares of each class
     may not be issued, and, where there are to be preference shares, the
     preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or
     prohibitions attaching to them or each class of them, and the terms
     and conditions on which the members will become shareholders. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 131 (1-4).

131.(5)

     131.(5) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 67.

131.(6) Special Act corporations excepted

     131.(6) This section does not apply to a corporation incorporated by
     special Act, except that a corporation incorporated by special Act
     may apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters
     patent changing its name. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 131 (6).

132.(1) Disposition of property on dissolution

     132.(1) A corporation may pass by-laws providing that, upon its
     dissolution and after the payment of all debts and liabilities, its
     remaining property or part thereof shall be distributed or disposed
     of to charitable organizations or to organizations whose objects are
     beneficial to the community.

132.(2) Confirmation

     132.(2) Such a by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed
     by two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the members
     duly called for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 132 (1, 2).

132.(3)

     132.(3) , (4) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 68.

132.(5) Where no by-law

     132.(5) In the absence of such by-law and upon the dissolution of
     the corporation, the whole of its remaining property shall be
     distributed equally among the members or, if the letters patent,
     supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, among the
     members of a class or classes of members. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     132 (5).

133.(1) Application of Part II provisions to Part III corporations

     133.(1) Section 22, clauses 23 (1) (a) to (p) and (s) to (v),
     subsection 23 (2), sections 59 to 61, 67, 69 to 71, 80 to 82, 84, 93
     and 94, subsection 95 (1), sections 96 and 96.1, clauses 97 (1) (a),
     (c) and (d), subsection 97 (3) and section 113 apply with necessary
     modifications to corporations to which this Part applies, and in so
     applying them the words "company" and "private company" mean
     "corporation" and the word "shareholder" means "member". R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (1); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (7); 1998, c. 18,
     Sched. E, s. 69 (1).

133.(2) Charitable corporation

     133.(2) Despite subsection (1), in the case of a corporation to
     which this Part applies, the objects of which are exclusively for
     charitable purposes, it is sufficient notice of any meeting of the
     members of the corporation if notice is given by publication at
     least once a week for two consecutive weeks next preceding the
     meeting in a newspaper or newspapers circulated in the municipality
     or municipalities in which the majority of the members of the
     corporation reside as shown by their addresses on the books of the
     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (2).

133.(2.1)Exemptions

     133.(2.1) Despite subsection (1), sections 80 and 96.1 do not apply
     to a corporation referred to in subsection 1 (2) of the Charities
     Accounting Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 69 (2).

133.(3)Insurers

     133.(3) Clauses 97 (1) (a), (c) and (d), subsections 97 (2) and (3),
     subsection 98 (1), except clause (a) thereof, subsection 98 (2),
     sections 99, 101, 102, 107 and 108 and subsections 109 (1) and (3)
     apply with necessary modifications to corporations to which Part V
     applies, and in so applying them the words "company" and "private
     company" mean "corporation" and the word "shareholder" means
     "member". R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 133 (3).

                             PART IV
                             MINING COMPANIES

134. Definition

     134. In this Part,

        "company" means a company to which this Part applies. R.S.O.
         1990, c. C.38, s. 134.

135. Application

     135. This Part applies,

          (a) to every mining company incorporated before the 1st day of
          July, 1907;

          (b) to every mining company that was made subject to a
          predecessor of this Part by its letters patent or supplementary
          letters patent where the subjection has not been removed by
          supplementary letters patent; and

          (c) to every mining company made subject to this Part by its
          letters patent or supplementary letters patent where the
          subjection has not been removed by supplementary letters
          patent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 135.

136.(1) Par value shares only

     136.(1) The shares of a company shall be with par value.

136.(2) Exception

     136.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to shares authorized before
     the 30th day of April, 1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 136.

137.(1) Issue of shares at discount

     137.(1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or
     by-laws otherwise provide, a company may issue its shares at a
     discount.

137.(2)At par

     137.(2) Despite subsection (1), preference shares shall not be
     issued at a discount.

137.(3)Rate of discount

     137.(3) Where shares are to be issued at a discount, the rate of
     discount shall be specified in the resolution of the directors
     allotting such shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 137.

138. Shareholders' liability

     138. No shareholder of a company who holds shares that were validly
     issued at a discount before the 30th day of April, 1954, or that are
     validly issued at a discount on or after the 30th day of April,
     1954, is personally liable for nonpayment of any calls made upon
     the shareholder's shares beyond the amount agreed to be paid
     therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 138.

139. Share certificates

     139. A company shall have upon every share certificate issued by it
     distinctly written or printed in red ink, where such certificates
     are issued with respect to shares subject to call, the words
     "SUBJECT TO CALL" or "NON LIBRES" or, where issued with respect to
     shares not subject to call, the words "NOT SUBJECT TO CALL" or
     "ENTIEREMENT LIBRES". R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 139.

                          PART V
                          INSURANCE CORPORATIONS

140. Definitions

     140. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, the words
     and expressions defined in section 1 of the Insurance Act have the
     same meaning as in that Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 140.

141.(1) Application of Part

     141. 141.(1) This Part applies to all applications for incorporation
     of insurers intending to undertake contracts of insurance in
     Ontario, and to such insurers when incorporated, and to all insurers
     incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, under the laws of
     Ontario.

141.(2) Application of Act

     141.(2) Except where inconsistent with this Part and except as
     provided in subsection (3), the other provisions of this Act apply
     to all such insurers.

141.(3) Exception

     141.(3) Sections 97 to 107 and 110 do not apply to insurers
     undertaking and transacting life insurance.

141.(4) Syndicates excluded

     141.(4) Corporations incorporated for the sole purpose of
     participating in or constituting a syndicate operating on The
     Canadian Insurance Exchange are not insurers within the meaning of
     subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 141.

141.(5) Networking

     141.(5) An insurer incorporated under this Act may,

          (a) act as an agent for any person in respect of the provision
          of any service that is provided by a financial institution;

          (b) enter into an arrangement with any person in respect of the
          provision of that service; and

          (c) refer any other person to a person referred to in clause
          (a) or (b). 1994, c. 11, s. 384.

142.(1) Incorporation of joint stock insurance companies

     142.(1) A joint stock insurance company may be incorporated for the
     purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance for
     which a joint stock insurance company may be licensed under the
     Insurance Act.

142.(2) Notice

     142.(2) Applicants for incorporation shall, immediately before the
     application is made, publish in at least four consecutive issues of
     The Ontario Gazette notice of their intention to apply, and shall
     also, if so required by the Minister, publish elsewhere notice of
     such intention.

142.(3) Notice to Superintendent

     142.(3) Applicants for incorporation shall also give at least one
     month's notice to the Superintendent of their intention to apply for
     incorporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 142.

143.(1) Definition

     143.(1) In this section,

        "money received on account of shares" includes money received as
         premium on shares.

143.(2) Authorized capital

     143.(2) The authorized capital of a company shall be not less than
     $500,000.

143.(3)Exception

     143.(3) A company whose authorized capital immediately before the
     13th day of June, 1968 was less than $500,000 shall not decrease its
     authorized capital, and subsection (2) does not apply to the
     corporation until its authorized capital is increased to $500,000 or
     more.

143.(4) Par value of shares

     143.(4) The authorized capital shall be divided into shares of $100
     each, but, where not less than $200,000 of the authorized capital
     has been paid in in cash, the shares or any class of shares may be
     redivided into shares having a par value of $1 or a multiple
     thereof, or an additional class or classes of shares having a par
     value of $1 or a multiple thereof may be created.

143.(5) Application of money received on account of shares

     143.(5) All money received on account of shares shall be paid into a
     branch or agency in Ontario of a bank listed under Schedule I or II
     to the Bank Act (Canada) or into a registered trust corporation in
     trust for the proposed company, and no money paid on account of
     shares before the first general meeting of the company has been
     organized shall be withdrawn or paid over to the company until after
     such meeting has been organized and an election of directors held
     thereat.

143.(6) Return of subscriptions on failure to secure licence

     143.(6) A subscription for shares made before the granting of a
     licence under the Insurance Act shall contain the stipulation that
     all money received on account of shares will be returned to the
     subscribers without any deduction for promotion, organization or
     other expenses, in case the insurer fails to procure such a licence.

143.(7) Limit of percentage of subscriptions for charges

     143.(7) A subscription for shares shall contain the stipulation that
     no sum will be used or paid, before or after incorporation, for
     commission, promotion or organization expenses in excess of a
     percentage, not exceeding 15, of the amount of money received on
     account of shares. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 143.

144.(1) Definition

     144. 144.(1) In subsection (2),

       "surplus to policyholders" means surplus of assets over
        liabilities excluding issued capital shown in the annual
        financial statement of the company at the end of the next
        preceding calendar year as filed with and approved by the
        Superintendent.

144.(2) Reduction of capital of life insurance companies

     144.(2) Where a company undertaking life insurance has insurance in
     force of less than $25,000,000 and has a surplus to policyholders of
     more than $500,000, the directors may pass a by-law authorizing an
     application to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue of
     supplementary letters patent decreasing its authorized, subscribed
     and paid-in capital by not more than 50 per cent.

144.(3) New par value to be declared

     144.(3) The by-law and the supplementary letters patent shall
     declare the new par value of the shares and the liability of the
     shareholders on partially paid-in shares.

144.(4) Application, when to be made

     144.(4) The application shall not be made until the by-law has been
     confirmed by a vote of the shareholders present or represented by
     proxy at a general meeting duly called for considering it and
     holding not less than two-thirds of the votes cast at such meeting.

144.(5) Surplus not to be decreased by dividends to shareholders

     144.(5) The supplementary letters patent shall contain a provision
     that any surplus created by reason of such decrease of capital will
     not be decreased by dividends subsequently declared to shareholders.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 144.

145. Ss 165 (2-4), 167, 168 applicable to company undertaking life
     insurance

     145. A company undertaking life insurance may, by resolution passed
     at a special general meeting called for such purpose, provide that
     subsections 165 (2), (3) and (4) and sections 167 and 168 apply to
     such company. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 145.

146. Amalgamation

     146. Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under
     the Insurance Act, section 113 of this Act applies to the
     amalgamation of two or more joint stock insurance companies. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 146.

147.(1) Amalgamation, etc., of mutual corporation and joint stock corporation

     147.(1) Subject to the Insurance Act, a mutual corporation
     incorporated under the laws of Ontario transacting life insurance
     may amalgamate with or transfer its contracts to or reinsure such
     contracts with any licensed insurer transacting life insurance and
     may enter into all agreements necessary to such amalgamation,
     transfer or reinsurance.

147.(2) Confirmation of agreement

     147.(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation
     or in its constitution and by-laws, the board of directors may enter
     into any such agreement on behalf of the mutual corporation through
     its president and secretary, but no such agreement is binding or
     effective unless evidence satisfactory to the Superintendent is
     produced showing that the agreement has been confirmed by a vote of
     the majority of the members present or duly represented by proxy at
     a general or special general meeting of the mutual corporation and
     unless the agreement has been approved by the Lieutenant Governor in
     Council under the Insurance Act.

147.(3) Agreement binding on all members of mutual corporation

     147.(3) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation
     or in its constitution and by-laws, or in any policy or certificate
     or other document evidencing a contract issued by a mutual
     corporation, or in the constitution or laws of or certificates
     issued by a fraternal society whose contracts have been assumed by
     the mutual corporation or for which the mutual corporation has
     become responsible, the terms of any such agreement so confirmed and
     approved are valid and binding as of the date stipulated in the
     agreement upon all the members of the mutual corporation and upon
     their beneficiaries and legal representatives and upon all persons
     deriving legal rights from any such member or beneficiary so long as
     they do not involve any new or increased rates of contribution or
     premium, and the claims of all persons under any such contract of
     insurance shall be restricted to such benefits only as are continued
     in accordance with the terms of such agreement, and such contracts
     shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.

147.(4) Standard of valuations

     147.(4) Upon the coming into force of any such agreement, the
     reinsurer, in complying with the requirements of the Insurance Act
     in respect of the valuation of contracts so reinsured or
     transferred, is entitled to base its valuation upon such tables of
     mortality and upon such rates of interest as would have been
     authorized by law for such mutual corporation if no such agreement
     had been made. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 147.

148.(1) Incorporation of mutual and cash-mutual insurance corporations

     148.(1) A mutual or cash-mutual corporation may be incorporated for
     the purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance
     for which a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation may be
     licensed under the Insurance Act.

148.(2)Idem

     148.(2) A mutual insurance corporation may be incorporated for the
     purpose of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium
     note plan upon agricultural property, weather insurance or livestock
     insurance.

148.(3) Corporation for reinsurance

     148.(3) A mutual insurance corporation, all the members of which are
     mutual or cash-mutual corporations, may be incorporated for the
     purpose of reinsuring contracts of insurance and such a corporation
     may enter into contracts of reinsurance for the purpose of
     retroceding all or part of reinsurance contracts entered into by it.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 148.

149.(1) Incorporation of mutual fire insurance corporation

     149.(1) Ten residents in any county or district may call a meeting
     of the residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to
     establish therein a mutual fire insurance corporation to undertake
     contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan upon
     agricultural property.

149.(2) Advertisements calling meeting

     149.(2) The meeting shall be called by advertisement, stating the
     time, place and object of the meeting, and the advertisement shall
     be published once in The Ontario Gazette and at least once a week
     for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper published in the county
     or district.

149.(3) Subscription book

     149.(3) If thirty residents are present at the meeting and a
     majority of them determine that it is expedient to establish a
     mutual fire insurance corporation, they may elect from among
     themselves three persons to open and keep a subscription book in
     which owners of real or personal property in Ontario may sign their
     names and enter the sum for which they respectively bind themselves
     to effect insurance in the corporation.

149.(4) When meeting may be called

     149.(4) When 100 or more of such owners have signed their names in
     the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in
     the corporation amounting in the aggregate to $250,000 or more, a
     meeting shall be called as hereinafter provided.

149.(5) How meeting to be called

     149.(5) When the subscription has been completed, any ten of the
     subscribers may call the first meeting of the proposed corporation
     at such time and place in the county or district as they determine
     by sending a printed notice by mail, addressed to each subscriber at
     the subscriber's post office address, at least ten days before the
     day of the meeting, and by advertisement in a newspaper having
     general circulation in the county or district.

149.(6) Contents of notice

     149.(6) The notice and advertisement shall state the object of the
     meeting and the time and place at which it is to be held.

149.(7) Election of directors

     149.(7) At such meeting, or at any adjournment of it, the name and
     style of the company, which shall include the word "mutual" or the
     word "mutuelle", shall be adopted, an acting secretary appointed, a
     board of directors elected as hereinafter provided and a central and
     generally accessible place in the county or district at which the
     head office of the company is to be located.

149.(8) Quorum of meeting

     149.(8) The presence of at least twenty-five of the subscribers is
     necessary to constitute a valid meeting.

149.(9) First meeting of directors

     149.(9) As soon as convenient after the meeting, the acting secretary 
shall call a meeting of the board of directors for the
     election from among themselves of a president and a vice-president,
     for the appointment of a secretary and a treasurer or a secretary-
     treasurer or a manager and for the transaction of such other
     business as may be brought before the meeting.

149.(10) Certain documents to be delivered

     149.(10) With the application for incorporation, the applicants
     shall produce to the Minister, certified as correct under the hands
     of the chair and secretary,

          (a) a copy of the minutes of the meeting, including all
          resolutions respecting the objects of the proposed corporation,
          its name and the location of its head office;

          (b) a copy of the subscription book;

          (c) a list showing the names and addresses of the directors
          elected and of the officers appointed; and

          (d) such further information as the Minister may require.

149.(11) Production of originals

     149.(11) There shall also, for verification, be produced to the
     Minister, if requested, the originals of such documents.

149.(12) Minister to ascertain correctness of proceedings

     149.(12) The Minister shall ascertain and determine whether the
     proceedings for the incorporation have been taken in accordance with
     this section and whether the subscriptions are genuine and by
     persons possessing property to insure.

149.(13) Powers deemed in letters patent

     149.(13) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purpose
     of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan
     or under a contract to which the Fire Mutuals Guarantee Fund is
     applicable in accordance with section 166 of the Insurance Act, has
     the power, and its letters patent shall be deemed to include the
     power, to undertake all classes of insurance for which a joint stock
     insurance company may be licensed under the Insurance Act. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 149.

150.(1) Incorporation of mutual livestock insurance corporation

     150.(1) Ten owners of livestock in any county or district may call a
     meeting of the owners of livestock to consider whether it is
     expedient to establish a livestock insurance corporation upon the
     mutual plan.

150.(2) Organization

     150.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the
     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary
     modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire
     insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is
     expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents
     of the county or district, being owners of livestock in Ontario, and
     that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall not
     be held unless fifty owners of livestock in Ontario have signed
     their names to the subscription book and bound themselves to effect
     insurance in the corporation that in the aggregate amounts to
     $50,000 or more.

150.(3) Powers

     150.(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall
     limit the powers of a mutual livestock insurance corporation
     incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of
     insurance on the premium note plan against loss of livestock by
     fire, lightning, accident, disease or any other means, except that
     of design on the part of the insured or by the invasion of an enemy
     or by insurrection. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 150.

151.(1) Incorporation of mutual weather insurance corporation

     151.(1) Ten owners of agricultural property in any county or
     district may call a meeting of the owners of agricultural property
     to consider whether it is expedient to establish therein a weather
     insurance corporation upon the mutual plan.

151.(2) Organization

     151.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the
     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary
     modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire
     insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is
     expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents
     of the county or district, being owners of agricultural property in
     Ontario, and that the meeting for the organization of the
     corporation shall not be held unless fifty owners of agricultural
     property in Ontario have signed their names to the subscription book
     and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in
     the aggregate amounts to $50,000 or more.

151.(3) Powers

     151.(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall
     limit the powers of a mutual weather insurance corporation
     incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of
     insurance on the premium note plan on any kind of agricultural
     property or property that is not mercantile or manufacturing against
     loss or injury arising from such atmospheric disturbances,
     discharges or conditions as the contract of insurance specifies.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 151.

152.(1) Incorporation of cash-mutual insurance corporations

     152.(1) Ten residents of any county or district may call a meeting
     of other residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to
     establish a cash-mutual insurance corporation for the purpose of
     undertaking any class of insurance for which a cash-mutual
     corporation may be licensed under the Insurance Act.

152.(2) Organization

     152.(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the
     formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary
     modifications as in the case of a mutual fire insurance corporation
     undertaking contracts of fire insurance under the premium note plan,
     except that the determination that it is expedient to establish the
     corporation shall be by thirty residents of the county or district,
     and that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall
     not be held unless fifty residents have signed the subscription book
     and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in
     the aggregate amounts to $250,000 or more. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     152.

153.(1) When mutual company writing on the premium note plan may become a
     cash-mutual corporation

     153.(1) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purposes
     of undertaking contracts of insurance on the premium note plan that
     has a net surplus of assets over all liabilities of not less than
     $500,000, may apply to the Lieutenant Governor in Council for the
     issue of supplementary letters patent converting it into a cash-
     mutual corporation in the manner provided in this Act.

153.(2) Approval of members

     153.(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of
     three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and
     confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at
     least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general
     meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not
     be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been
     given by sending the notice to each member at the member's latest
     address as shown on the books of the corporation.

153.(3) Notice of application

     153.(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the
     confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in
     at least four consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and in a
     newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in
     which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a
     week for four consecutive weeks.

153.(4) Certain documents to be delivered

     153.(4) With the application for supplementary letters patent,
     submitted under this section, the applicants shall produce to the
     Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and
     secretary,

          (a) a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members
          of the corporation and the notices published in The Ontario
          Gazette and the newspaper;

          (b) a copy of the minutes of the special meeting of the
          members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of
          the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head
          office;

          (c) a copy of the corporation's audited financial statement
          made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date
          of the application;

          (d) a list of the proposed officers and directors of the cash-
          mutual corporation;

          (e) such further information as the Minister may require.

153.(5) Report by Superintendent

     153.(5) The Superintendent shall report to the Minister whether the
     proceedings for supplementary letters patent are in accordance with
     this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 153.

154.(1) When cash-mutual company may become a joint stock company

     154.(1) A mutual or a cash-mutual corporation that has surplus
     assets, not including premium notes, sufficient to reinsure all its
     outstanding risks may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue
     of supplementary letters patent converting it into a joint stock
     insurance corporation in the manner provided in this Act.

154.(2) Approval of members

     154.(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of
     three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and
     confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at
     least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general
     meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not
     be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been
     given by sending the notice to each member at the member's latest
     address as shown on the books of the corporation.

154.(3) Notice of application

     154.(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the
     confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in
     at least four consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and in a
     newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in
     which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a
     week for four consecutive weeks.

154.(4) Priority of members in subscribing stock

     154.(4) A person who is a member of the corporation on the day of
     the meeting is entitled to priority in subscribing to the capital
     stock of the corporation for one month after the opening of the
     books of subscription in the ratio that the insurance held by the
     person bears to the aggregate of the unexpired risks then in force.

154.(5) Certain documents to be delivered

     154.(5) With the application for supplementary letters patent,
     submitted under this section, the applicants shall produce to the
     Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and
     secretary,

          (a) a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members
          of the corporation and the notices published in The Ontario
          Gazette and the newspaper;

          (b) a copy of the minutes of the special general meeting of
          members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of
          the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head
          office;

          (c) a copy of the corporation's audited financial statement
          made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date
          of the application;

          (d) a list of the proposed officers and directors of the
          corporation;

          (e) such further information as the Minister may require.

154.(6) Report of Superintendent

     154.(6) The Superintendent shall report to the Minister whether the
     application for supplementary letters patent is in accordance with
     this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 154.

155. Vesting of assets and preservation of liabilities

     155. A corporation formed under section 153 or 154 is answerable for
     all liabilities of the corporation from which it has been formed and
     may sue and be sued under its new corporate name, and the assets and
     property of the old corporation are vested in the new corporation
     from the date of its formation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 155.

156. When distribution of assets among members permitted

     156. No mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation that has ceased
     to do new business shall divide among its members any part of its
     assets, except income from investments, until it has performed or
     cancelled its policy obligations and upon proof to the
     Superintendent that such policy obligations have been performed or
     cancelled. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 156.

157. Application of Ss 158-173

     157. Sections 158 to 173 apply only to mutual and cash-mutual
     insurance corporations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 157.

158.(1) Insured deemed member

     158.(1) A person insured under a policy issued by a corporation
     shall, from the date upon which the insurance becomes effective, be
     deemed a member of such corporation.

158.(2) Member's liability

     158.(2)  No member is liable in respect of any claim or demand
     against the corporation beyond the amount unpaid on the member's
     premium note.

158.(3) Member withdrawing

     158.(3) A member may, with the consent of the directors, withdraw
     from the corporation on such terms as the directors lawfully
     prescribe, subject to the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     158.

159.(1) Annual meeting

     159.(1) A meeting of the shareholders and members for the election
     of directors shall be held within the first three months of every
     year at such time and place as the by-laws of the corporation
     prescribe. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 159 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E,
     s. 70.

159.(2) Annual statement

     159.(2) Before the election, the annual statement for the year
     ending on the previous 31st day of December shall be presented and
     read. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 159 (2).

160. Failure to elect directors

     160. If an election of directors is not made on the day on which it
     ought to have been made, the corporation shall not for that cause be
     dissolved, but the election may be held on a subsequent day at a
     meeting to be called by the directors or as otherwise provided by
     the by-laws of the corporation, and in such case the directors then
     in office continue to hold office until their successors are
     elected. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 160.

161.(1) Notice of annual or special meetings

     161.(1) Notice of every annual or special general meeting of the
     corporation shall be sent by mail to every shareholder and member or
     shall be published in a newspaper published at or near the place
     where the head office is located at least seven days before the day
     of the meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 161 (1); 1998, c. 18,
     Sched. E, s. 71 (1).

161.(2) Power of directors

     161.(2) The directors may call a general meeting of the corporation
     at any time. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 161 (2).

161.(3) Annual statement

     161.(3) The directors shall, at least seven days before the day of
     the annual meeting, send to each member by mail or publish in a
     newspaper published at or near the place where the head office is
     located the annual statement for the year ending on the previous
     December 31.

161.(4) Form of annual statement

     161.(4) The annual statement shall be certified by the auditors and
     shall be in the form prescribed by the regulations made under
     section 105 of the Insurance Act. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 71 (2).

162.(1) Voting of members of mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporations

     162.(1) A member of a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation
     who is not in arrear for any assessment or cash payment due by the
     member to the corporation is entitled at all meetings of the
     corporation to one vote if the amount of premium paid by the member
     annually is in excess of $25 and no member is entitled to more than
     one vote.

162.(2) Where policy made to two or more persons

     162.(2) Where a policy on the premium note plan is made to two or
     more persons, one only is entitled to vote, and the right of voting
     belongs to the one first named on the register of policyholders if
     the person is present or, if not present, to the one who stands
     second, and so on.

162.(3) Where property insured by trustee board

     162.(3) Where property is insured by a trustee board, any member of
     the board or its secretary-treasurer duly appointed in writing
     pursuant to its resolution may vote on its behalf. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 162.

163. Right of mere applicants

     163. No applicant for insurance is competent to vote or otherwise
     take part in the corporation's proceedings until the applicant's
     application has been accepted by the directors. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 163.

164.(1) Qualifications of directors

     164.(1) No person is eligible to be or shall act as a director
     unless he or she is a member of the corporation, insured therein for
     the time he or she holds office and entitled to a vote.

164.(2) Where corporation has a share capital

     164.(2) Where the corporation has a share capital, not less than
     two-thirds of the directors shall also be holders of shares, each to
     an amount not less than $1,000, upon which all calls have been paid.

164.(3) Representation of corporations

     164.(3) The president or director of a member corporation that has
     the qualifications that would qualify an individual to be a director
     is eligible to be a director of the corporation.

164.(4) Representation of partnerships

     164.(4) Where a partnership has the qualifications that would
     qualify an individual to be a director of the corporation, one
     member of the partnership is eligible to be a director of the
     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 164.

165.(1) Number of directors

     165.(1) The board shall consist of six, nine, twelve or fifteen
     directors, to be determined by resolution passed at the meeting held
     under subsection 149 (5).

165.(2) Increase or decrease in number

     165.(2) The number of directors may from time to time be increased
     or decreased if so determined at a special general meeting of the
     corporation called for the purpose, or at an annual general meeting,
     if notice in writing of the intention to propose a by-law for that
     purpose at such annual meeting is given to the secretary of the
     corporation at least one month before the holding of the meeting,
     but the increased or decreased number of directors shall in any such
     case be six, nine, twelve or fifteen.

165.(3) Notice of proposed change

     165.(3) Where such a notice has been given to the secretary, that
     fact shall be stated in the notice of the annual general meeting.

165.(4) Copy of resolution and list of directors to be filed

     165.(4) With the copy of the by-law filed with the Superintendent
     there shall be filed a list of the directors elected thereunder
     certified under the hands of the chair and secretary of the meeting.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 165.

166. Filing by-laws for remuneration of directors

     166. At any annual general meeting of the shareholders or members of
     a corporation, or at any special general meeting thereof, if such
     purpose was clearly expressed in the notice of the special general
     meeting, it is lawful to pass by-laws for the remuneration of the
     directors, and a certified copy of every such by-law shall, within
     seven days after its passing, be filed with the Superintendent.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 166.

167. Retirement of directors in rotation

     167. One-third of the directors shall retire annually, in rotation,
     and, at the first meeting of the directors or as soon thereafter as
     possible, it shall be determined by lot which of them shall hold
     office for one, two or three years respectively, and the
     determination shall be entered on the minutes of the meeting. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 167.

168. Annual election to fill vacancies

     168. At every annual general meeting thereafter, one-third of the
     total number of directors shall be elected for a period of three
     years to fill the places of the retiring directors, who are eligible
     for re-election. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 168.

169. Manager may be a director and be paid salary

     169. The manager of the corporation, even if he or she does not have
     the qualifications required by section 164, may be a director of the
     corporation and may be paid an annual salary under a by-law passed
     as provided by section 166. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 169.

170. Certain persons not eligible as directors

     170. No agent or paid officer, or officer of the bankers of the
     corporation, or person in the employment of the corporation, other
     than the manager, is eligible to be elected as a director or shall
     interfere in the election of directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     170.

171.(1) Election of directors

     171.(1) The election of directors shall be held and made by such
     shareholders and members as attend for that purpose in person, or in
     the case of a corporation or partnership by a director, officer or
     member authorized in writing to represent it.

171.(2) Ballot

     171.(2) The election shall be by ballot.

171.(3) Case of a tie at an election

     171.(3) If two or more members have an equal number of votes so that
     less than the whole number to be elected appear to have been chosen
     directors by a majority of votes, the members present shall proceed
     to ballot until it is determined which of the persons so having an
     equal number of votes shall be the director or directors.

171.(4) Election of president and vice-president

     171.(4) The directors shall, at their first meeting after any such
     election, elect by ballot from among themselves a president and
     vice-president, and the secretary shall preside at such election.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 171.

172. Interim vacancies

     172. If a vacancy occurs among the directors, during the term for
     which they have been elected, by death, resignation, ceasing to have
     the prescribed qualification, insolvency or by absence without
     previous leave of the directors from three successive regular
     meetings, which shall by reason of that fact create such vacancy,
     the vacancy, in the case of a board limited to six directors, shall
     be filled and, in the case of a board limited to a number of
     directors exceeding six, may be filled until the next annual general
     meeting by any person duly qualified chosen by a majority of the
     remaining directors as soon as may be after the vacancy occurs, and
     at the next annual general meeting the vacancy shall be filled for
     the portion of the term still unexpired. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     172.

173.(1) Quorum of directors

     173.(1) A majority of the directors constitutes a quorum for the
     transaction of business, and, in the case of an equality of votes at
     any meeting, the question passes in the negative.

173.(2) Recording dissent

     173.(2) A director disagreeing with the majority at a meeting may
     have his or her dissent recorded with the reasons therefor. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 173.

174.(1) Security of accountants

     174.(1) Every officer or person appointed or elected to any office
     concerning the receipt or proper application of money shall furnish
     security for the just and faithful execution of the duties of the
     person's office according to the by-laws or rules of the
     corporation, and any person entrusted with the performance of any
     other service may be required to furnish similar security, and
     security so furnished and then subsisting shall be produced to the
     auditors at the annual audit.

174.(2) Minimum security

     174.(2) The security given by the treasurer or other officer having
     charge of the money of the corporation shall not be less than $5,000
     or such greater amount as may be required by the by-laws of the
     corporation or by the Superintendent. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 174.

175. Amalgamation

     175. Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under
     the Insurance Act, section 113 applies with necessary modifications
     to the amalgamation of two or more mutual or cash-mutual insurance
     corporations. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 175.

176.(1) Incorporation of fraternal societies

     176.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion, by
     letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer
     than seventy-five, of eighteen or more years of age, five of whom
     apply therefor, constituting such persons and any others who have
     signed the membership book, and persons who thereafter become
     members in the fraternal society thereby created, a corporation for
     the purposes of undertaking any class of insurance for which a
     fraternal society may be licensed under the Insurance Act.

176.(2) Notice

     176.(2) The applicants for incorporation, immediately before the
     application, shall publish in at least four consecutive issues of
     The Ontario Gazette notice of their intention to apply and shall
     also, if so required, publish elsewhere notice of such intention.

176.(3) Particulars of application

     176.(3) The application for the incorporation of a fraternal society shall 
show,

          (a) its proposed name;

          (b) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be
          situate;

          (c) the name in full, the place of residence and the calling of
          each of the applicants who are to be its first trustees or
          managing officers;

          (d) such other information as the Minister requires.

176.(4) Other documents

     176.(4) The application shall be accompanied by the original
     membership book or list containing the signatures duly certified of
     at least seventy-five persons who thereby agree to become members of
     the fraternal society if and when incorporated, by a copy of the
     proposed by-laws of the fraternal society and by evidence that the
     approval of the Superintendent to the proposed by-laws and rules has
     been obtained. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 176.

177. Organization meeting

     177. Within thirty days after the issue of the letters patent and
     upon due notice to all members of the society, an organization
     meeting of the society shall be held at which the by-laws shall be
     adopted and the officers of the society elected. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 177.

178.(1) Incorporation of foreign fraternal society

     178.(1) Where a fraternal society licensed under the Insurance Act
     has its head office elsewhere than in Ontario, the grand or other
     provincial body of the lodges or a majority of the lodges in Ontario
     may apply to the Lieutenant Governor for the issue of a charter and,
     from the time of the issue of the letters patent, the applicants
     become a corporation for the purpose of undertaking any class of
     insurance for which a fraternal society may be licensed under the
     Insurance Act.

178.(2) Application of s. 176 (1)

     178.(2) Subsection 176 (1) applies to an incorporation under this
     section.

178.(3) Approval of Superintendent

     178.(3) Before the issue of the letters patent, evidence shall be
     produced to the Minister that the approval of the Superintendent to
     the application has been secured. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 178.

179. Incorporation of local branch

     179. An auxiliary or local subordinate body or branch of a licensed
     fraternal society may be separately incorporated by like
     proceedings. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 179.

180.(1) Amalgamation or reinsurance by fraternal society

     180.(1) Subject to the Insurance Act, any fraternal society may
     amalgamate with any other fraternal society or transfer all or any
     portion of its contracts to or reinsure them with any insurer
     licensed for the transaction of life insurance and may enter into
     all agreements necessary to such amalgamation, transfer or
     reinsurance.

180.(2) Agreement for amalgamation, etc.

     180.(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation
     or in its constitution and by-laws, the governing executive
     authority may enter into any such agreement on behalf of the society
     through its principal officer and secretary, but no such agreement
     is binding or effective unless evidence satisfactory to the
     Superintendent is produced showing that the principle of
     amalgamation, transfer or reinsurance has been approved and that the
     agreement has been confirmed by a vote of the majority of the
     members present or duly represented at a general or special meeting
     of the supreme legislative or governing body of the society duly
     called. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 180.

181. Confirmation of amalgamation

     181. Subsection 113 (4) applies with necessary modifications to the
     amalgamation of two or more fraternal societies. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 181.

182.

     182. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (1).

183. Application of Ss 184-195

     183. Sections 184 to 195 apply to pension fund and employees' mutual
     benefit societies incorporated under this Part. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 183.

184. Definitions

     184. In this section and in sections 185 to 195,

       "parent corporation" means a corporation any of whose officers
        establish a pension fund or employees' mutual benefit society
        under this Part; ("personne morale mSre")

       "society" means a pension fund or employees' mutual benefit
        society incorporated under this Part; ("soci,t,")

       "subsidiary corporation" means a corporation, wherever
        incorporated, at least 75 per cent of whose issued common shares
        are owned by a parent corporation. ("filiale") R.S.O. 1990, c.
        C.38, s. 184.

185.(1) Charter by letters patent

     185. 185.(1) The Lieutenant Governor may in his or her discretion,
     by letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not
     fewer than five, of eighteen or more years of age, two of whom are
     officers of a corporation legally transacting business in Ontario
     who apply therefor, constituting such persons and the employees of
     such corporation and of its subsidiary corporations who join the
     society and those who replace them from time to time a pension fund
     or employees' mutual benefit society corporation.

185.(2) Contents of application

     185.(2) The application for the incorporation of a pension fund or
     employees' mutual benefit society shall show,

          (a) its proposed name;

          (b) the name of its parent corporation;

          (c) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be
          situate;

          (d) the name in full and place of residence and calling of each
          of the applicants; and

          (e) the names, not fewer than five, of those who are to be its
          first directors.

185.(3) Notice

     185.(3) Notice of the application for incorporation of a society
     shall be published in at least four consecutive issues of The
     Ontario Gazette and the notice shall state,

          (a) its proposed name;

          (b) the place in Ontario where its head office is to be
          situate; and

          (c) the name of its secretary. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 185.

186. First meeting

     186. The first directors have power to call the first meeting of the
     society and at such meeting directors may be elected and by-laws may
     be passed under this Act, and a copy of such by-laws shall be filed
     with the Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof, and
     copies of subsequent by-laws in amendment thereof, in addition
     thereto or diminution therefrom, shall also be filed with the
     Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 186.

187.(1) Directors

     187.(1) The affairs of the society shall be administered by a board
     of directors who shall be appointed or elected in such manner, in
     such number, with such qualifications and for such period as are
     determined by the by-laws, but at the first meeting of the society
     five directors shall be elected, subject to addition to such number
     if so sanctioned by the by-laws, and other officers may be appointed
     in such manner with such remuneration and under such provisions
     touching their powers and duties as are established by the by-laws.

187.(2) Management of fund by trust corporation

     187.(2) The board of directors may by by-law entrust the whole or a
     part of the fund of the society to a trust corporation licensed
     under the law of Ontario and may delegate to such trust corporation
     all or any of its powers and discretions relating to the custody and
     management of the fund. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 187.

188.(1) Definition

     188. 188.(1) In this section,

       "dependants" means the wives, husbands, and children under
        eighteen years of age, including adopted children, of officers or
        employees within the meaning of this section.

188.(2) Powers and objects of society

     188.(2) After its incorporation, every pension fund and employees'
     mutual benefit society has the power, by means of voluntary
     contribution or otherwise as its by-laws provide, to form a fund or
     funds and may invest, hold and administer the same and may
     therefrom,

          (a) provide for the support and payment of pensions and other
          benefits to officers and employees of the parent corporation
          and its subsidiary corporations who have retired or who cease
          to be employed by the parent corporation or one of its
          subsidiary corporations;

          (b) provide, in such manner as the by-laws specify, for the
          payment of pensions, annuities, gratuities or other benefits to
          the widows, widowers and children or other surviving relatives
          or legal representatives of officers and employees or retired
          officers and employees of the parent corporation and its
          subsidiary corporations who have died;

          (c) provide for the payment of benefits to officers and
          employees of the parent corporation or one of its subsidiary
          corporations by reason of illness, accident or disability;

          (d) provide for the payment of benefits by reason of illness,
          accident or disability to former officers and employees of the
          parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations who are
          retired;

          (e) provide for the payment of benefits to officers and
          employees or retired officers and employees of the parent
          corporation or one of its subsidiary corporations in respect of
          illness, accident or disability affecting dependants of such
          officers or employees; and

          (f) upon the death of such officers or employees, pay a funeral
          benefit in such manner as the by-laws specify. R.S.O. 1990, c.
          C.38, s. 188.

189.(1) Power to pass by-laws

     189.(1) A pension fund and employees' mutual benefit society has all
     corporate powers necessary for its purposes and may pass by-laws not
     contrary to law defining and regulating in the premises, and
     prescribing the mode of enforcement of, all the rights, powers and
     duties of,

          (a) the society;

          (b) its individual members;

          (c) the officers and employees of the parent corporation and
          its subsidiary corporations;

          (d) the widows, widowers and children or other surviving
          relatives, or the personal representatives of such officers and
          employees; and

          (e) the parent corporation.

189.(2) Additional by-laws

     189.(2) Every such society may also make by-laws as aforesaid for,

          (a) the formation and maintenance of the fund;

          (b) the management and distribution of the fund;

          (c) the enforcement of any penalty or forfeiture in the
          premises; and

          (d) the government and ordering of all business and affairs of
          the society.

189.(3) Sanction of parent corporation

     189.(3) No such by-law is effective unless it has been sanctioned by
     the board of directors of the parent corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 189.

190. By-laws defining rights and remedies of beneficiaries, etc.

     190. All the powers, authority, rights, penalties and forfeitures
     whatever of the society or of its members, officers or employees, or
     of such widows, widowers and children or other surviving relatives
     or legal representatives, or of the parent corporation shall be such
     and such only and may be enforced in such mode and in such mode
     only, as by such by-laws are defined and limited. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 190.

191. Revenue

     191. All the revenue of the society, from whatever source derived,
     shall be devoted exclusively to the maintenance of the society and
     the furtherance of the objects of the fund and to no other purpose.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 191.

192. Contribution by parent corporation

     192. The parent corporation may contribute annually or otherwise to
     the funds of the society by a vote of its directors or its
     shareholders. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 192.

193. Prohibition against member assigning interest

     193. The interest of a member in the funds of the society is not
     transferable or assignable by way of pledge, hypothecation, sale,
     security or otherwise. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 193.

194.(1) Special audit

     194.(1) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Minister that
     the accounts of a society have been materially or willfully
     falsified, or where there is filed in the office of the Minister a
     requisition for audit bearing the signatures, addresses and callings
     of at least 25 per cent of the members of the society and alleging
     in a sufficiently particular manner to the satisfaction of the
     Minister specific fraudulent or illegal acts, or the repudiation of
     obligations, or insolvency, the Minister may appoint one or more
     accountants or actuaries who shall, under the Minister's direction,
     make a special audit of the books and accounts and report thereon in
     writing verified upon oath to the Minister.

194.(2) Security for costs

     194.(2) Where an audit is requested, the persons requesting it
     shall, with their requisition, deposit with the Minister security
     for the costs of the audit in such sum as the Minister fixes, and,
     where the facts alleged in the requisition appear to the Minister to
     have been partly or wholly disproved by the audit, he or she may pay
     the costs thereof partly or wholly out of the deposit.

194.(3) Duty to facilitate special audit

     194.(3) The society, its officers and servants shall facilitate the
     making of such special audit so far as it is in their power and
     shall produce for inspection and examination by the person so
     appointed such books, securities and documents as the person may
     require.

194.(4) Expense of special audit

     194.(4) Subject to subsection (2), the expense of such special audit
     shall be borne by the society, and the auditor's account, when
     approved in writing by the Minister, shall be paid by the society
     forthwith. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 194.

195. Return to Minister

     195. A society formed under this Act shall at all times when
     thereunto required by the Minister make a full return of its assets
     and liabilities and of its receipts and expenditures for such period
     and with such details and other information as the Minister may
     require. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 195.

196.(1) When charter to be forfeited for non-user or discontinuance

     196.(1) If an insurer incorporated under the law of Ontario, whether
     under this Act or under any general or special Act, does not go into
     actual operation within two years after incorporation, or if, after
     an insurer has undertaken contracts, such insurer discontinues
     business for one year, or if its licence remains suspended for one
     year, or is cancelled and is not revived within the period of sixty
     days, the insurer's corporate powers by reason of that fact cease
     and determine, except for the sole purpose of winding up its
     affairs, and in any action or proceeding in which such nonuser is
     alleged, proof of user is upon the insurer, and the court, upon the
     petition of the Attorney General or of any person interested, may
     limit the time within which the insurer is to settle and close its
     accounts, and may, for that purpose or for the purpose of
     liquidation generally, appoint a receiver. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     196 (1); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (2).

196.(2) Rights of creditors

     196.(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of
     creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 196 (2).

197. Definition

     197. In sections 198 to 204,

       "shareholder" includes member and participating policyholder
        eligible to vote for a policyholders' director. R.S.O. 1990, c.
        C.38, s. 197.

198.(1) Information laid before annual meetings of life insurers

     198.(1) The directors of an insurer undertaking and transacting life
     insurance shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,

          (a) a financial statement for the period commencing on the date
          of incorporation and ending not more than six months before
          such annual meeting or commencing immediately after the period
          covered by the previous financial statement and ending not more
          than six months before such annual meeting, as the case may be,
          made up of,

             (i) a statement of revenue and expenditure for such period,

             (ii) a statement of surplus for such period,

             (iii) a balance sheet made up to the end of such period;

          (b) the report of the auditor to the shareholders;

          (c) such further information respecting the financial position
          of the insurer as the letters patent, supplementary letters
          patent or by-laws of the insurer require.

198.(2) Contents of financial statement

     198.(2) The statements referred to in the subclauses of clause (1)
     (a) shall comply with and be governed by sections 199 to 203, but it
     is not necessary to designate them the statement of revenue and
     expenditure, statement of surplus and balance sheet.

198.(3) Incorporation of statements

     198.(3) The statement of surplus referred to in subclause (1) (a)
     (ii) and the information required by subsections 200 (2) and (3) may
     be incorporated in and form part of the statement of revenue and
     expenditure referred to in subclause (1) (a) (i).

198.(4) Auditor's report to be read

     198.(4) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read
     at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any
     shareholder. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 198.

199.(1) Statement of revenue and expenditure

     199. 199.(1) The statement of revenue and expenditure to be laid
     before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly
     the results of the operations of the insurer for the period covered
     by the statement and so as to distinguish severally at least,

          (a) premium income;

          (b) income from invested assets;

          (c) profit or loss from sale of invested assets;

          (d) amounts by which values of invested assets are increased or
          decreased;

          (e) payments to policyholders and beneficiaries, other than the
          disbursement of money previously left on deposit;

          (f) increase or decrease in actuarial liability under insurance
          and annuity contracts;

          (g) total remuneration of directors as such from the insurer,
          including all salaries, bonuses, fees, contributions to pension
          funds and other emoluments;

          (h) premium taxes;

          (i) head office, agency, investment and other operating
          expenses;

          (j) the amount transferred to or from general surplus.

199.(2) Notes

     199.(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in
     clauses (1) (d) and (g) may be shown by way of note to the statement
     of revenue and expenditure. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 199.

200.(1) Statement of surplus

     200.(1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present
     fairly the transactions reflected in it and shall show separately a
     statement of general surplus and a statement of shareholders'
     surplus, howsoever designated.

200.(2) General surplus

     200.(2) The statement of general surplus shall be drawn up so as to
     distinguish at least the following items:

          1. The balance of each amount making up the total of general
          surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the
          preceding financial period.

          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the
          financial period and, without restricting the generality of the
          foregoing, at least the following:

             i. The amount shown on the statement of revenue and
             expenditure as transferred to or from general surplus.

             Ii The amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares
             or the reorganization of the insurer's issued capital,
             including,

                (a) the amount of premiums received on the issue of
                shares at a premium;

                (b) the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for
                cancellation of shares.

             Iii Donations of cash or other property by shareholders.

          3. The balance of each amount making up such general surplus as
          shown in the balance sheet at the end of the financial period.

200.(3) Shareholders' surplus

     200.(3) The statement of shareholders' surplus shall be drawn so as
     to distinguish at least the following items:

          1. The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at
          the end of the preceding financial period.

          2. The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the
          financial period and, without restricting the generality of the
          foregoing, at least the following:

             i. The amount transferred to or from general surplus.

             Ii Provision for taxes on income.

             Iii The amount of dividends declared on each class of
             shares.

          3. The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at
          the end of the financial period. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 200.

201.(1) Balance sheet

     201.(1) The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall
     be drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the
     insurer as at the date to which it is made up and so as to
     distinguish severally at least the following:

          1. The invested assets of the insurer as described in Part XVII
          of the Insurance Act, severally designated as follows:

             i. Cash.

             Ii Preference and common shares.

             Iii Bonds and debentures.

             iv. Mortgages.

             v. Real estate held for sale.

             vi. Real estate held for the production of income.

             vii. Head office buildings.

             viii. Agreements for sale.

             ix. Loans on policies.

             x. Other invested assets stating their nature.

          2. Other assets of the insurer distinguishing severally at
          least the following:

             i. Net outstanding premiums due and deferred.

             Ii Interest and rents due and accrued.

             Iii Debts owing to the insurer from its shareholders except
             debts of reasonable amount arising in the ordinary course of
             the insurer's business that are not overdue having regard to
             the insurer's ordinary terms of credit.

             Iv The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under
             clauses 24 (2) (c), (d) and (e).

          3. The actuarial liability under insurance and annuity
          contracts.

          4. Bank loans and overdrafts.

          5. Provision for unpaid and unreported claims.

          6. All other liabilities to policyholders.

          7. Debts owing by the insurer on loans from its directors,
          officers or shareholders.

          8. Commissions and other debts owing by the insurer segregating
          those that arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of
          business.

          9. Deferred income.

          10. Liability for taxes.

          11. Dividends on capital stock declared but not paid.

          12. The authorized capital, giving the number of each class of
          shares and a brief description of each such class and
          indicating therein any class of shares which is redeemable and
          the redemption price thereof.

          13. The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each
          class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor
          that is attributable to capital, and showing,

             (a) the number of shares of each class issued since the date
             of the last balance sheet and the value attributed thereto,
             distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares issued for
             services and shares issued for other consideration; and

             (b) where any shares have not been fully paid,

                (i) the number of shares in respect of which calls have
                not been made and the aggregate amount that has not been
                called, and

                (ii) the number of shares in respect of which calls have
                been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that has
                been called and not paid.

          14. Reserves, as described in clauses 204 (1) (a), (b) and (c),
          showing the amounts added thereto and the amounts deducted
          therefrom during the financial period.

          15. The amounts making up the surplus of the insurer severally
          designated as follows:

             i. General surplus.

             Ii Shareholders' surplus.

             Iii Other surplus balances indicating their nature.

201.(2) Notes

     201.(2) Despite subsection (1), particulars of the items described
     in paragraphs 12 and 13 of subsection (1) may be shown by way of
     note to the balance sheet.

201.(3) Idem

     201.(3) The basis of valuation of the invested assets of the insurer
     shall be shown by way of note to the balance sheet. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 201.

202.(1) Notes to financial statement

     202.(1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial
     statement particulars of any change in accounting or actuarial
     principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting or
     actuarial principle or practice made during the period covered that
     affects the comparability of any of the statements with any of those
     for the preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such
     change upon the results of operations for the period.

202.(2) Idem

     202.(2) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to
     in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:

          1. The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other
          than the currency in which the financial statement is
          expressed.

          2. Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of the
          insurer.

          3. Contractual obligations that will require abnormal
          expenditures in relation to the insurer's normal business
          requirements or financial position or that are likely to
          involve losses not provided for in the accounts.

          4. Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where
          practicable, the approximate amounts involved.

          5. Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law on
          any asset of the insurer, stating the liability so secured, but
          it is not necessary to specify the asset on which the liability
          is secured.

          6. The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of
          shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.

          7. Where an insurer has contracted to issue shares or has given
          an option to purchase shares, the class and number of shares
          affected, the price and the date for issue of the shares or
          exercise of the option.

          8. Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary letters
          patent or by-laws of the insurer or by contract on the payment
          of dividends that is significant in the light of the insurer's
          financial position.

202.(3) Idem

     202.(3) Every note to a financial statement is an integral part of
     it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 202.

203. Insignificant circumstances

     203. Despite sections 199 to 202, it is not necessary to state in a
     financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of
     relative insignificance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 203.

204.(1) Reserves

     204. 204.(1) In a financial statement, the term "reserve" shall be
     used to describe only,

          (a) amounts appropriated from surplus at the discretion of
          management for some purpose other than to meet a liability or
          contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the
          statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has
          already occurred;

          (b) amounts appropriated from surplus pursuant to the
          instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument
          of incorporation or by-laws of the insurer for some purpose
          other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted
          or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in
          value of an asset that has already occurred; and

          (c) amounts appropriated from surplus in accordance with the
          terms of a contract and which can be restored to the surplus
          when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.

204.(2) Idem

     204.(2) Despite subsection (1), the term "reserve" may be used to
     describe the actuarial liability under insurance and annuity
     contracts. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 204.

205. Auditor's report, joint stock insurance companies and cash mutuals

     205. The auditor of a joint stock insurance company or a cash mutual
     insurance corporation shall in the report required to be made by
     subsection 96 (2) also make such statements as the auditor considers
     necessary,

          (a) if, in the case of corporations transacting other than life
          insurance, the provision for unearned premiums is not
          calculated as required by the Insurance Act;

          (b) if the provision for unpaid claims, in the auditor's
          opinion, is not adequate;

          (c) if the financial statement includes as assets items
          prohibited by the Insurance Act from being shown in the annual
          statements required to be filed thereunder; or

          (d) if any of the transactions of the corporation that have
          come to the auditor's notice have not been within its powers.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 205.

206. Delivery of by-laws to Superintendent

     206. Every insurer shall deliver to the Superintendent within one
     month after passing thereof, a certified copy of its by-laws and of
     every repeal or addition to or amendment or consolidation thereof.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 206.

207. Balance sheets and statements

     207. A copy of every balance sheet or other statement published or
     circulated by an insurer, purporting to show its financial
     condition, shall be mailed or delivered to the Superintendent,
     concurrently with its issue to its shareholders or policyholders, or
     to the general public. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 207.

208. Offence

     208. A person who fails to comply with section 205, 206 or 207 shall
     be deemed to be guilty of an offence under the Insurance Act. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 208.

209. Directors of joint stock insurance company, qualifications

     209. Subject to section 210, no person is eligible to become or
     shall be elected a director of a joint stock insurance company
     unless he or she is eighteen or more years of age and holds in his
     or her own name and for his or her own use and absolutely in his or
     her own right shares of the capital stock of the company upon which
     at least $500 has been paid into the capital account of the
     corporation and has paid in cash all calls and instalments due
     thereon and all liabilities incurred by him or her to the company.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 209.

210.(1) Shareholders' directors; policyholders' directors

     210.(1) A joint stock life insurance company may by by-law provide
     that the affairs of the company shall be managed by a board of
     directors of whom a specified number, herein called shareholders'
     directors, shall be elected by the shareholders of the company, and
     a specified number, herein called policyholders' directors, shall be
     elected by those persons, herein called participating policyholders,
     whose lives are insured under a participating policy or
     participating policies of the company for at least $2,000 upon which
     no premiums are due, whether or not any such person is a shareholder
     of the company.

210.(2) Number of directors; vacancies

     210.(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) shall provide for the
     election of not fewer than nine and not more than twenty-one
     directors, of whom not fewer than one-third shall be policyholders'
     directors, and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may
     be filled for the remainder of the term by the directors.

210.(3) Participating policyholders' right to vote

     210.(3) Participating policyholders are entitled to attend and vote
     in person and not by proxy at all general meetings of the company,
     but as such are not entitled to vote for the election of
     shareholders' directors, but this section does not confer rights or
     impose liabilities on such participating policyholders in a
     liquidation of the company.

210.(4) Policyholders' director, qualifications

     210.(4) A holder of a participating policy or participating policies
     of the company for at least $4,000 exclusive of bonus additions,
     upon which no premiums are due, who is not a shareholder and who has
     paid premiums on such policy or policies for at least three full
     years is eligible for election as a policyholders' director.

210.(5) Annual meeting

     210.(5) Such a life insurance company shall have a fixed time in
     each year for its annual meeting and such time shall be printed in
     prominent type on each premium notice or each premium receipt issued
     by the company, and, in addition to all other notices required to be
     given by this Act, it shall give fifteen days notice of such meeting
     in two or more daily newspapers published at or as near as may be to
     the place where the company has its head office. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 210.

211. Conversion of joint stock life companies into mutual companies

     211. Despite anything in the letters patent incorporating the
     company or in its by-laws or in this Act, a joint stock life
     insurance company may, with the permission of the minister charged
     with the administration of the Insurance Act, establish and
     implement a plan for the conversion of the company into a mutual
     company by the purchase of shares of the capital stock of the
     company in accordance with the Schedule to this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 211.

212. Definitions

     212. In sections 213 to 224,

        "insured person" means a person who enters into a subsisting
         contract of insurance with an insurer and includes,

          (a) every person insured by a contract whether named or not,

          (b) every person to whom or for whose benefit all or part of the 
proceeds of a contract of insurance are
          payable, and

          (c) every person entitled to have insurance money applied
          toward satisfaction of the person's judgment in accordance with
          section 258 of the Insurance Act; ("assur,")

        "loss" includes the happening of an event or contingency by
         reason of which a person becomes entitled to a payment under a
         contract of insurance of money other than a refund of unearned
         premiums; ("sinistre")

       "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council charged for
        the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the
        administration of the Insurance Act; ("ministre")

       "Ontario contract" means a subsisting contract of insurance that,

          (a) has for its subject,

             (i) property that at the time of the making of the contract
             is in Ontario or is in transit to or from Ontario, or

             (ii) the life, safety, fidelity or insurable interest of a
             person who at the time of the making of the contract is
             resident in Ontario or of an incorporated company that has
             its head office in Ontario, or

          (b) makes provision for payment thereunder primarily to a
          resident of Ontario or to an incorporated company that has its
          head office in Ontario. ("contrat de l'Ontario") R.S.O. 1990,
          c. C.38, s. 212; 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (3).

213.(1) Application of Part VI

     213.(1) The provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of
     corporations apply to insurers incorporated under or subject to this
     Act except where inconsistent with this Part.

213.(2) Definition

     213.(2) Where the company, corporation or society is not constituted
     exclusively or chiefly for insurance purposes and the insurance
     branch and fund are completely severable from every other branch and
     fund of the company, corporation or society, the word "insurer" for
     the purposes of sections 214 to 227 means only the insurance branch
     of the company, corporation or society. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     213.

214.(1) Winding up by order of court on application of Superintendent

     214.(1) An insurer incorporated in Ontario may also be wound up by
     order of the court on the application of the Superintendent, if the
     court is satisfied that,

          (a) the insurer has failed to exercise its corporate powers
          during any continuous period of four years;

          (b) the insurer has not commenced business or gone into actual
          operation within four years after it was incorporated;

          (c) the insurer has discontinued business for one year after it
          has undertaken insurance contracts within the meaning of the
          Insurance Act;

          (d) the insurer's licence has been suspended for one year or
          more;

          (e) the insurer has carried on business or entered into a
          contract or used its funds in a manner or for a purpose
          prohibited or not authorized by the Insurance Act or by its Act
          of incorporation or by any special Act applicable thereto; or

          (f) other sufficient cause has been shown.

214.(2) Approval of Lieutenant Governor in Council

     214.(2) No such application shall be made by the Superintendent
     without the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Council.

214.(3) Application of Part VI

     214.(3) Upon the making of an order under this section, the
     provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of a corporation,
     in so far as they are not inconsistent with this Part, apply. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 214.

215.(1) Provisional liquidator appointment

     215.(1) In the case of an insurer incorporated in Ontario,

     .   .   .   .   .

          (b) if its licence is cancelled,

     the Minister may appoint a provisional liquidator who shall take
     charge of the affairs of the company and may direct that it be wound
     up forthwith under this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 215 (1); 1997,
     c. 19, s. 31 (4).

215.(2) Powers

     215.(2) Until a permanent liquidator is appointed, the provisional
     liquidator shall exercise all the powers of the insurer and none of
     the officers or servants of the insurer shall make any contract for,
     incur any liability on behalf of, or expend any money of, the
     insurer without the approval of the provisional liquidator.

215.(3) Petition by provisional liquidator for winding-up order

     215.(3) The provisional liquidator shall petition the court for a
     winding-up order, and, if the court is of the opinion that it is
     just and equitable so to do, it may make an order winding up the
     company and thereupon the provisions of this Act relating to the
     winding up of a corporation, in so far as they are not inconsistent
     with this Part, apply.

215.(4) Sale of business

     215.(4) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, despite this
     Act, but, subject to the approval of the court, may sell the
     business and undertaking of the company as a going concern. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 215 (2-4).

216.(1) Remuneration of provisional liquidator

     216. 216.(1) The remuneration to be paid to a provisional liquidator
     appointed under subsection 215 (1) shall be fixed by the Minister.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 216 (1).

216.(2) Payment of costs of provisional liquidator

     216.(2) The remuneration and all expenses and outlay in connection
     with the appointment of the provisional liquidator, together with
     all expenses and outlay of the provisional liquidator while the
     provisional liquidator acts in that capacity, shall be borne and
     paid by the insurer and form a first lien or charge upon the assets
     of the insurer. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 216 (2); 1997, c. 19, s. 31
     (5).

216.(3)

     216.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (6).

217.(1) Notice of intention to cease writing insurance or to consider voluntary 
liquidation

     217.(1) When an insurer incorporated under or subject to the law of
     Ontario proposes to cease writing insurance or to call a general
     meeting to consider a resolution for its voluntary liquidation under
     this Act, it shall give at least one month's notice in writing
     thereof to the Superintendent of Financial Services and the
     superintendent of insurance in each province, other than Ontario, in
     which the insurer is licensed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 217 (1);
     1997, c. 28, s. 50.

217.(2) Notice to Superintendent of voluntary winding up

     217.(2) When an insurer has passed a resolution for voluntary
     winding up, the insurer shall notify the Superintendent thereof and
     of the date on which contracts of insurance will cease to be entered
     into by the insurer and of the name and address of its liquidator.

217.(3) Publication of notice

     217.(3) The notice under subsection (2) shall also be published by
     the insurer in two consecutive issues of The Ontario Gazette and the
     official gazette of each other province in which the insurer is
     licensed and in such newspapers and other publications as the
     Superintendent may require. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 217 (2, 3).

218.(1) Reinsurance

     218.(1) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, before the
     fixing of a termination date pursuant to section 220, may arrange
     for the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of the
     insurer with some other insurer licensed in Ontario. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 218 (1); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (7).

218.(2) Funds available for reinsurance

     218.(2) For the purpose of securing the reinsurance, the following
     funds shall be available:

          1. The entire assets of the insurer in Ontario except the
          amount reasonably estimated by the provisional liquidator or
          the liquidator as being required to pay,

             (a) the costs of the liquidation or winding up;

             (b) all claims for losses covered by the insurer's contracts
             of insurance of which notice has been received by the
             insurer or provisional liquidator or liquidator before the
             date on which the reinsurance is effected;

             (c) the claims of the preferred creditors who are the
             persons paid in priority to other creditors under the
             winding-up provisions of this Act,

     all of which shall be a first charge on the assets of the insurer.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 218 (2); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (8, 9).

218.(3)

     218.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (10).

218.(4) Payments to creditors other than preferred creditors

     218.(4) The creditors of the insurer, other than the insured persons
     and the said preferred creditors, are entitled to receive a payment
     on their claims only if provision has been made for the payments
     mentioned in subsection (2) and for the reinsurance. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 218 (4).

218.(5) Reinsurance of part of contracts

     218.(5) If, after providing for the payments mentioned in subsection
     (2), the balance of the assets of the insurer is insufficient to
     secure the reinsurance of the contracts of the insured persons in
     full, the reinsurance may be effected for such portion of the full
     amount of the contracts as is possible. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 218
     (5); 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (11).

218.(6) Approval

     218.(6) No contract of reinsurance shall be entered into under this
     section until it is approved by the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     218 (6).

219.

     219. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (12).

220.(1) Termination date, where reinsurance not arranged

     220.(1) If the provisional liquidator or the liquidator fails to
     secure reinsurance, or is of the opinion that it is impracticable or
     inexpedient to arrange for reinsurance, the provisional liquidator
     or the liquidator,

          (a) with the approval of the court and subject to such terms as
          are prescribed by it; and

          (b) for the purpose of securing the payment of existing claims
          and avoiding further losses,

     may publish a notice fixing a termination date for the subsisting
     contracts of insurance of such insurer, and on and after that date
     coverage and protection under the Ontario contracts cease and the
     insurer is not liable under any such contract for a loss that occurs
     after that date.

220.(2) Termination of Ontario contracts, where termination date fixed in
     another province

     220.(2) Where a provisional liquidator or a liquidator has been
     appointed in another province to wind up an insurer incorporated in
     that province, and if such provisional liquidator or liquidator
     fixed a termination date for the contracts of insurance of the
     insurer, on and after that date coverage and protection under the
     Ontario contracts cease and determine and the insurer is not liable
     under any such contract for a loss that occurs after that date.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 220 (1, 2).

220.(3)

     220.(3) Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (13).

221. Publication of notice of termination date

     221. The provisional liquidator or the liquidator shall cause the
     notice,

          (a) to be published in The Ontario Gazette and in the official
          gazette of each other province in which the insurer is licensed
          and in such newspapers as the court directs in order to give
          reasonable notice of the termination date so fixed; and

          (b) to be mailed to each policyholder at the policyholder's
          address as shown on the books and records of the company.
          R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 221.

222.(1) Payment of claims for losses and preferred claims, etc.

     222.(1) The liquidator shall pay or set aside from the assets of the
     insurer sums in the liquidator's opinion sufficient to pay,

          (a) the costs of the liquidation or winding up;

          (b) all claims for losses covered by the insurer's contracts of
          insurance that occurred before the termination date fixed under
          section 220 and of which notice has been received by the
          insurer or the liquidator;

          (c) the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of each
          unmatured life insurance contract; and

          (d) the claims of preferred creditors who are the persons paid
          in priority to other creditors under the winding-up provisions
          of this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (1); 1997, c. 19, s.
          31 (14).

222.(2) Refund of unearned premiums

     222.(2) Except in the case of life insurance, the assets remaining
     after payment or making provision for payment of the amounts
     mentioned in subsection (1) shall be used to pay the claims of the
     insured persons for refunds of unearned premiums on a proportionate
     basis in proportion to the periods of their contracts respectively
     unexpired on the termination date. 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (15).

222.(3) Calculation of unearned premium claims

     222.(3) The claims of the insured persons for refunds of unearned
     premiums shall be calculated,

          (a) as at the termination date fixed under section 220 of this
          Act; or

          (b) as at the date the insured person cancelled the contract,

     whichever date is the earlier. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (3);
     1997, c. 19, s. 31 (16).

222.(4) Effect of refund

     222.(4) The refund of all or a portion of the premium does not
     destroy or defeat any other remedy the insured person may have
     against the insurer in respect thereof or for any other cause.

222.(5) Effect of section

     222.(5) Nothing in this section prejudices or affects the priority
     of any mortgage, lien or charge upon the property of the insurer.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 222 (4, 5).

223. Payment of provincial fees and taxes, etc.

     223. The fees, taxes and costs payable by the insurer to each
     province shall be paid out of the assets of the insurer remaining
     after the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of
     the insurer or after the payment of the claims of policyholders for
     refund of unearned premiums, as the case may be, and the balance
     shall be distributed among the creditors of the insurer other than
     the insured persons, preferred creditors and the several provinces.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 223.

224.(1) Filing of statements by liquidator

     224.(1) Unless otherwise ordered by the court, within seven days
     after the close of each period of three months and until the affairs
     of the insurer are wound up and the accounts are finally closed, the
     liquidator shall file with the court or other authority appointing
     him and also with the Superintendent detailed schedules, in such
     form as is required, showing,

          (a) receipts and expenditures; and

          (b) assets and liabilities.

224.(2) Production of books, etc., by liquidator

     224.(2) The liquidator, whenever required so to do by the authority
     appointing the liquidator or by the Minister, shall exhibit the
     office books and vouchers and furnish such other information
     respecting the affairs of the insurer as is required.

224.(3) Offence

     224.(3) Every liquidator refusing or neglecting to furnish such
     information is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a
     fine of not less than $50 and not more than $200 and in addition is
     liable to be dismissed or removed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 224.

225.(1) Distribution of endowment and expectancy funds

     225.(1) Where a fraternal society transacts endowment or expectancy
     insurance and has an endowment fund separate and distinct from its
     life insurance fund, the society may, by resolution duly passed at a
     general meeting, after at least one month's notice of such intended
     resolution, determine that the endowment or expectancy shall be
     discontinued, and that the endowment or expectancy fund shall be
     distributed proportionately among the members then in good standing
     who are contributing to such fund according to the total
     contribution of such member.

225.(2) Procedure

     225.(2) After the resolution has been assented to by the
     Superintendent and filed with the Minister, the executive officers
     may proceed to ascertain the persons intended to rank upon the fund
     and may distribute the fund among those so entitled, and such
     distribution discharges the society and all executive officers
     thereof from all further or other liability in respect of such fund
     and of the endowment or expectancy contracts undertaken by the
     society.

225.(3) Merger of funds

     225.(3) If all the members interested in the endowment or expectancy
     fund are also interested as holders of life insurance contracts, the
     general meeting, instead of determining to distribute the endowment
     or expectancy fund, may determine to convert it into or merge it in
     a life insurance fund, and after the resolution has been assented to
     and filed as provided in subsection (2), the endowment or expectancy
     fund becomes a life insurance fund. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 225.

226.

     226. Repealed: 1997, c. 19, s. 31 (17).

227. Books, etc., as evidence

     227. The books, accounts and documents of an insurer and the entries
     in the books of its officers or liquidators are proof, in the
     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the matters to which they
     relate as between an alleged debtor or contributory and the insurer.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 227.

                                PART VI
                                WINDING UP

228. Definition

     228. In this Part,

       "contributory" means a person who is liable to contribute to the
        property of a corporation in the event of the
        corporation being wound up under this Part. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
        s. 228.

229. Application

     229. Subject to section 2, this Part applies,

          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper
          Canada;

          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada
          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and
          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of
          the Legislature extends;

          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Legislature;

          (d) to every insurer within the meaning of Part V that is
          incorporated under or subject to this Act except where
          inconsistent with Part V,

     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the
     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street
     railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan and
     Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 229.

230.(1) Voluntary winding up

     230.(1) Where the shareholders or members of a corporation by a
     majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that
     purpose pass a resolution requiring the corporation to be wound up,
     the corporation may be wound up voluntarily.

230.(2) Appointment of liquidator

     230.(2) At such meeting, the shareholders or members shall appoint
     one or more persons, who may be directors, officers or employees of
     the corporation, as liquidator of the estate and effects of the
     corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and
     distributing its property, and may at that or any subsequent general
     meeting fix the liquidator's remuneration and the costs, charges and
     expenses of the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 230.

231.(1) Publication of notice of winding up

     231.(1) Notice of a resolution requiring the voluntary winding up of
     a corporation shall be filed with the Minister and be published in
     The Ontario Gazette by the corporation within fourteen days after
     the resolution has been passed.

231.(2) Offence

     231.(2) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (1) is
     guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $200 and every director or officer who authorizes, permits
     or acquiesces in such failure is guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 231.

232. Inspectors

     232. A corporation being wound up voluntarily may, in general
     meeting, by resolution, delegate to any committee of its
     shareholders or members, contributories or creditors hereinafter
     referred to as inspectors, the power of appointing the liquidator
     and filling any vacancy in the office of liquidator, or may by a
     like resolution enter into any arrangement with its creditors with
     respect to the powers to be exercised by the liquidator and the
     manner in which they are to be exercised. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     232.

233. Vacancy in office of liquidator

     233. If in a voluntary winding up a vacancy occurs in the office of
     liquidator by death, resignation or otherwise, the shareholders or
     members in general meeting may, subject to any arrangement the
     corporation may have entered into with its creditors upon the
     appointment of inspectors, fill such vacancy, and a general meeting
     for that purpose may be convened by the continuing liquidator, if
     any, or by any contributory, and shall be deemed to have been duly
     held if called in the manner prescribed by the by-laws of the
     corporation, or, in default thereof, in the manner prescribed by
     this Act for calling general meetings of the shareholders or members
     of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 233.

234. Removal of liquidator

     234. The shareholders or members of the corporation may, by a
     majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that
     purpose, remove a liquidator appointed under section 230 or 232, and
     in such case shall appoint another liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 234.

235. Commencement of winding up

     235. A voluntary winding up commences at the time of the passing of
     the resolution requiring the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     235.

236. Corporation to cease business

     236. Where a corporation is being wound up voluntarily, it shall,
     from the date of the commencement of its winding up, cease to carry
     on its undertaking, except in so far as may be required for the
     beneficial winding up thereof, and all transfers of shares, except
     transfers made to or with the sanction of the liquidator, or
     alterations in the status of the shareholders or members of the
     corporation, taking place after the commencement of its winding up,
     are void, but its corporate existence and all its corporate powers,
     even if it is otherwise provided by its instrument of incorporation
     or by-laws, continue until its affairs are wound up. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 236.

237. No proceedings against corporation after voluntary winding up except
     by leave

     237. After the commencement of a voluntary winding up,

          (a) no action or other proceeding shall be commenced against
          the corporation; and

          (b) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall
          be put in force against the estate or effects of the
          corporation,

     except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court
     may impose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 237.

238.(1) Settlement of list of contributories

     238.(1) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator shall settle the
     list of contributories, and any list so settled is proof, in the
     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the liability of the persons
     named therein to be contributories.

238.(2) Payment from contributories

     238.(2) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator may, before
     having ascertained the sufficiency of the property of the
     corporation, call on all or any of the contributories for the time
     being settled on the list of contributories to the extent of their
     liability to pay any sum that the liquidator considers necessary to
     satisfy the liabilities of the corporation and the costs, charges
     and expenses of winding up, and for the adjustment of the rights of
     the contributories among themselves, and the liquidator may, in
     making a call, take into consideration the probability that some of
     the contributories upon whom the call is made may partly or wholly
     fail to pay their respective portions of the call. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 238.

239.(1) Meetings of corporation during winding up

     239.(1) The liquidator may, during the continuance of the voluntary
     winding up, call general meetings of the shareholders or members of
     the corporation for the purpose of obtaining its sanction by
     resolution, or for any other purpose the liquidator thinks fit.

239.(2) Where winding up continues more than one year

     239.(2) In the event of a voluntary winding up continuing for more
     than one year, the liquidator shall call a general meeting of the
     shareholders or members of the corporation at the end of the first
     year and of each succeeding year from the commencement of the
     winding up, and shall lay before the meeting an account showing the
     liquidator's acts and dealings and the manner in which the winding
     up has been conducted during the preceding year. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 239.

240. Arrangements with creditors may be authorized

     240. The liquidator, with the sanction of a resolution of the
     shareholders or members of the corporation passed in general meeting
     or of the inspectors, may make such compromise or other arrangement
     as the liquidator considers expedient with any creditor or person
     claiming to be a creditor or having or alleging to have a claim,
     present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding
     only in damages, against the corporation or whereby the corporation
     may be rendered liable. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 240.

241. Power to compromise with debtors and contributories

     241. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, compromise all
     calls and liabilities to call, debts and liabilities capable of
     resulting in debts, and all claims, whether present or future,
     certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages,
     subsisting or supposed to subsist between the corporation and any
     contributory, alleged contributory or other debtor or person
     apprehending liability to the corporation and all questions in any
     way relating to or affecting the property of the corporation, or the
     winding up of the corporation, upon the receipt of such sums payable
     at such times and generally upon such terms as are agreed upon, and
     the liquidator may take any security for the discharge of such
     calls, debts or liabilities and give a complete discharge in respect
     thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 241.

242.(1) Power to accept shares, etc., as consideration for sale of
     property to another company

     242.(1) Where a corporation is proposed to be or is in the course of
     being wound up voluntarily and the whole or a portion of its
     business or property is proposed to be transferred or sold to
     another corporation, the liquidator of the first-mentioned
     corporation, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders
     or members passed in general meeting of the corporation by which the
     liquidator was appointed conferring either a general authority on
     the liquidator or an authority in respect of any particular
     arrangement, may receive, in compensation or in part compensation
     for such transfer or sale, cash or shares or other like interest in
     the purchasing corporation for the purpose of distribution among the
     shareholders or members of the corporation that is being wound up in
     the manner set forth in the arrangement, or may, in lieu of
     receiving cash or shares or other like interest, or in addition
     thereto, participate in the profits of or receive any other benefit
     from the purchasing corporation.

242.(2) Confirmation of sale or arrangement

     242.(2) A sale made or arrangement entered into by the liquidator
     under this section is binding on the shareholders or members of the
     corporation that is being wound up voluntarily if,

          (a) in the case of a company, the shareholders or classes of
          shareholders, as the case may be, at a general meeting duly
          called for the purpose, by votes representing at least three-
          fourths of the shares or of each class of shares represented at
          the meeting; or

          (b) in the case of a corporation without share capital, the
          members or classes of members, as the case may be, at a general
          meeting duly called for the purpose, by votes representing at
          least three-fourths of the members or of each class of members
          represented at the meeting,

     approve the sale or arrangement and if the sale or arrangement is
     approved by an order made by the court on the application of the
     corporation.

242.(3) Where resolution not invalid

     242.(3) No resolution shall be deemed invalid for the purposes of
     this section because it was passed before or concurrently with a
     resolution for winding up the corporation or for appointing the
     liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 242.

243. Winding up by court

     243. A corporation may be wound up by order of the court,

          (a) where the shareholders or members by a majority of the
          votes cast at a general meeting called for that purpose pass a
          resolution authorizing an application to be made to the court
          to wind up the corporation;

          (b) where proceedings have been begun to wind up voluntarily
          and it appears to the court that it is in the interest of
          contributories and creditors that the proceedings should be
          continued under the supervision of the court;

          (c) where it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that
          the corporation, though it may be solvent, cannot by reason of
          its liabilities continue its business and that it is advisable
          to wind it up; or

          (d) where in the opinion of the court it is just and equitable
          for some reason, other than the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
          corporation, that it should be wound up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
          s. 243.

244.(1) Who may apply

     244.(1) The winding-up order may be made upon the application of the
     corporation or of a shareholder or of a member or, where the
     corporation is being wound up voluntarily, of the liquidator or of a
     contributory or of a creditor having a claim of $200 or more.

244.(2) Notice

     244.(2) Except where the application is made by the corporation,
     four days notice of the application shall be given to the
     corporation before the making of the application. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 244.

245. Power of court

     245. The court may make the order applied for, may dismiss the
     application with or without costs, may adjourn the hearing
     conditionally or unconditionally or may make any interim or other
     order as is considered just, and upon the making of the order may,
     according to its practice and procedure, refer the proceeding for
     the winding up and may also delegate any powers of the court
     conferred by this Act to any officer of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 245.

246.(1) Appointment of liquidator

     246.(1) The court in making the winding-up order may appoint one or
     more persons as liquidator of the estate and effects of the
     corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and
     distributing its property.

246.(2) Remuneration

     246.(2) The court may at any time fix the remuneration of the
     liquidator.

246.(3) Vacancy

     246.(3) If a liquidator appointed by the court dies or resigns or
     the office becomes vacant for any reason, the court may by order
     fill the vacancy.

246.(4) Removal of liquidator

     246.(4) The court may by order remove for cause a liquidator
     appointed by it, and in such case shall appoint another liquidator.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 246.

247. Costs and expenses

     247. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up by order of the
     court shall be assessed by an assessment officer. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 247.

248. Commencement of winding up

     248. Where a winding-up order is made by the court without prior
     voluntary winding-up proceedings, the winding up shall be deemed to
     commence at the time of service of notice of the application, and,
     where the application is made by the corporation, at the time the
     application is made. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 248.

249. Winding up after order

     249. Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the
     winding up of the corporation shall be conducted in the same manner
     and with the like consequences as provided for a voluntary winding
     up, except that the list of contributories shall be settled by the
     court unless it has been settled by the liquidator prior to the
     winding-up order, in which case the list is subject to review by the
     court, and except that all steps in the winding up are subject to
     the order and direction of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 249.

250.(1) Meeting of members of company may be ordered

     250.(1) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the
     court may direct meetings of the shareholders or members of the
     corporation to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the
     court deems fit for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes, and
     may appoint a person to act as chair of any such meeting and to
     report the result of it to the court.

250.(2) Order for delivery by contributories and others of property, etc.

     250.(2) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the
     court may require any contributory for the time being settled on the
     list of contributories, or any trustee, receiver, banker or agent or
     officer of the corporation to pay, deliver, convey, surrender or
     transfer forthwith, or within such time as the court directs, to the
     liquidator any sum or balance, books, papers, estate or effects that
     are in the person's hands and to which the corporation appears to be
     entitled.

250.(3) Inspection of books

     250.(3) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the
     court may make an order for the inspection of the books and papers
     of the corporation by its creditors and contributories, and any
     books and papers in the possession of the corporation may be
     inspected in conformity with such order. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     250.

251. No proceedings against corporation after court winding up except by
     leave

     251. After the commencement of a winding up by order of the court,

          (a) no action or other proceeding shall be proceeded with or
          commenced against the corporation; and

          (b) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall
          be put in force against the estate or effects of the
          corporation,

     except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court
     may impose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 251.

252. Application of Ss 253-265, 268

     252. Sections 253 to 265 and 268 apply to corporations being wound
     up voluntarily or by order of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     252.

253.(1) Where no liquidator

     253.(1) If from any cause there is no liquidator, the court may by
     order on the application of a shareholder or member of the
     corporation appoint one or more persons as liquidator.

253.(2) Idem

     253.(2) Where there is no liquidator, the estate and effects of the
     corporation shall be under the control of the court until the
     appointment of a liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 253.

254.(1) Consequences of winding up

     254.(1) Upon a winding up,

          (a) the liquidator shall apply the property of the corporation
          in satisfaction of all its liabilities proportionately and,
          subject thereto, shall distribute the property rateably among
          the shareholders or members according to their rights and
          interests in the corporation;

          (b) in distributing the property of the corporation, the wages
          of all employees, apprentices and other wage earners in the
          employment of the corporation due at the date of the
          commencement of the winding up or within one month before, not
          exceeding three months wages and for vacation pay accrued for
          not more than twelve months under the Employment Standards Act
          and the regulations thereunder or under a collective agreement
          made by the corporation, shall be paid in priority to the
          claims of the ordinary creditors, and such persons are entitled
          to rank as ordinary creditors for the residue of their claims;

          (c) all the powers of the directors cease upon the appointment
          of a liquidator, except in so far as the liquidator may
          sanction the continuance of such powers. R.S.O. 1990,  c. C.38,
          s. 254 (1); 1993, c. 27, Sched.

254.(2) Distribution of property

     254.(2) Section 53 of the Trustee Act applies with necessary
     modifications to liquidators. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 254 (2).

255. Payment of costs and expenses

     255. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up, including the
     remuneration of the liquidator, are payable out of the property of
     the corporation in priority to all other claims. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 255.

256.(1) Powers of liquidators

     256.(1) The liquidator may,

          (a) bring or defend any action, suit or prosecution, or other
          legal proceedings, civil or criminal, in the name and on behalf
          of the corporation;

          (b) carry on the business of the corporation so far as is
          necessary for the beneficial winding up of the corporation;

          (c) sell in whole or in parcels the real and personal property,
          effects and things in action of the corporation by public
          auction or private sale;

          (d) do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the
          corporation, all deeds, receipts and other documents, and for
          that purpose use the seal of the corporation;

          (e) draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or
          promissory note in the name and on behalf of the corporation;

          (f) raise upon the security of the property of the corporation
          any requisite money;

          (g) take out in the liquidator's official name letters of
          administration to the estate of any deceased contributory and
          do in the liquidator's official name any other act that is
          necessary for obtaining payment of any money due from a
          contributory or from a contributory's estate and which act
          cannot be done conveniently in the name of the corporation;

          (h) do and execute all such other things as are necessary for
          winding up the affairs of the corporation and distributing its
          property.

256.(2) Bills of exchange, etc., to be deemed drawn in due course

     256.(2) The drawing, accepting, making or endorsing of a bill of
     exchange or promissory note by the liquidator on behalf of the
     corporation has the same effect with respect to the liability of the
     corporation as if such bill or note had been drawn, accepted, made
     or endorsed by or on behalf of the corporation in the course of
     carrying on its business.

256.(3) Where money deemed to be due to liquidator

     256.(3) Where the liquidator takes out letters of administration or
     otherwise uses the liquidator's official name for obtaining payment
     of any money due from a contributory, such money shall be deemed,
     for the purpose of enabling the liquidator to take out such letters
     or recover such money, to be due to the liquidator personally.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 256.

257. Nature of liability of contributory

     257. The liability of a contributory creates a debt accruing due
     from the contributory at the time the liability commenced, but
     payable at the time or respective times when calls are made for
     enforcing such liability. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 257.

258. Who liable in case of death

     258. If a contributory dies before or after he or she has been
     placed on the list of contributories, the contributory's legal
     representatives are liable in due course of administration to
     contribute to the property of the corporation in discharge of the
     liability of such deceased contributory and shall be contributories
     accordingly. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 258.

259.(1) Deposit in bank by liquidator

     259.(1) The liquidator shall deposit in Ontario in a bank listed in
     Schedule I or II of the Bank Act (Canada) all sums of money that the
     liquidator has belonging to the corporation if such sums amount to
     $100 or more.

259.(2) Approval of bank by inspectors

     259.(2) If inspectors have been appointed, the bank shall be one
     approved by them.

259.(3) Separate deposit account to be kept; withdrawal from account

     259.(3) Such deposit shall not be made in the name of the liquidator
     individually, but a separate deposit account shall be kept of the
     money belonging to the corporation in the liquidator's name as
     liquidator of the corporation and in the name of the inspectors, if
     any, and such money shall be withdrawn only on the joint cheque of
     the liquidator and one of the inspectors, if any.

259.(4) Liquidators to produce bank pass-book

     259.(4) At every meeting of the shareholders or members of the
     corporation the liquidator shall produce a passbook or statement of
     account showing the amount of the deposits, the dates at which they
     were made, the amounts withdrawn and the dates of withdrawal, and
     mention of such production shall be made in the minutes of the
     meeting, and the absence of such mention is admissible in evidence
     as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the pass-
     book or statement of account was not produced at the meeting.

259.(5) Idem

     259.(5) The liquidator shall also produce the passbook or statement
     of account whenever so ordered by the court upon the application of
     the inspectors, if any, or of a shareholder or member of the
     corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 259.

260. Proving claim

     260. For the purpose of proving claims, sections 25, 26 and 27 of
     the Assignments and Preferences Act apply with necessary
     modifications, except that, where the word "judge" is used therein,
     the word "court" as used in this Act shall be substituted. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 260.

261. Application or motion for direction

     261. Upon the application or motion of the liquidator or of the
     inspectors, if any, or of any creditors, the court, after hearing
     such parties as it directs to be notified or after such steps as it
     prescribes have been taken, may by order give its direction in any
     matter arising in the winding up. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 261.

262.(1) Examination of persons as to estate

     262.(1) The court may at any time after the commencement of the
     winding up summon to appear before the court or liquidator any
     director or officer of the corporation or any other person known or
     suspected to possess any of the estate or effects of the
     corporation, or alleged to be indebted to it, or any person whom the
     court considers capable of giving information concerning its trade,
     dealings, estate or effects.

262.(2) Damages against delinquent directors, etc.

     262.(2) Where in the course of the winding up it appears that a
     person who has taken part in the formation or promotion of the
     corporation or that a past or present director or officer, employee,
     liquidator or receiver of the corporation has misapplied or retained
     in the person's own hands, or become liable or accountable for,
     money of the corporation, or has committed any misfeasance or breach
     of trust in relation to it, the court may, on the application or
     motion of the liquidator or of any creditor or contributory, examine
     into the conduct of such person and order the person to repay the
     money so misapplied or retained, or for which the person has become
     liable or accountable, together with interest at such rate as the
     court considers just, or to contribute such sum to the property of
     the corporation by way of compensation in respect of such
     misapplication, retention, misfeasance or breach of trust as the
     court considers just. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 262.

263.(1) Proceedings by shareholders

     263.(1) If a shareholder or member of the corporation desires to
     cause any proceeding to be taken that, in the shareholder's or
     member's opinion, would be for the benefit of the corporation, and
     the liquidator, under the authority of the shareholders or members,
     or of the inspectors, if any, refuses or neglects to take such
     proceeding after being required so to do, the shareholder or member
     may obtain an order of the court authorizing the shareholder or
     member to take such proceeding in the name of the liquidator or
     corporation, but at the shareholder's or member's own expense and
     risk, upon such terms and conditions as to indemnity to the
     liquidator or corporation as the court prescribes.

263.(2) Benefits, when for shareholders

     263.(2) Thereupon any benefit derived from such proceeding belongs
     exclusively to the shareholder or member instituting the proceeding
     for that person's benefit and that of any other shareholder or
     member who has joined the shareholder or member in causing the
     institution of the proceeding.

263.(3) When for corporation

     263.(3) If before such order is granted, the liquidator signifies to
     the court the liquidator's readiness to institute such proceeding
     for the benefit of the corporation, an order shall be made
     prescribing the time within which the liquidator is to do so, and in
     that case the advantage derived from the proceeding, if instituted
     within such time, belongs to the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 263.

264. Rights conferred by Act to be in addition to other powers

     264. The rights conferred by this Act are in addition to any other
     right of instituting proceedings against any contributory, or
     against any debtor of the corporation, for the recovery of any call
     or other sum due from such contributory or debtor or such person's
     estate. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 264.

265. Stay of winding-up proceedings

     265. At any time during a winding up, the court, upon the
     application or motion of a shareholder or member or creditor or
     contributory and upon proof to its satisfaction that all proceedings
     in relation to the winding up ought to be stayed, may make an order
     staying the proceedings altogether or for a limited time on such
     terms and subject to such conditions as the court considers fit.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 265.

266.(1) Account of voluntary winding up to be made by liquidator to a
     general meeting

     266.(1) Where the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound
     up voluntarily, the liquidator shall make up an account showing the
     manner in which the winding up has been conducted, and the property
     of the corporation disposed of, and thereupon shall call a general
     meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation for the
     purpose of having the account laid before them and hearing any
     explanation that may be given by the liquidator, and the meeting
     shall be called in the manner provided by the by-laws for calling
     general meetings.

266.(2) Notice of holding of meeting

     266.(2) The liquidator shall within ten days after the holding of
     the meeting file a notice with the Minister stating that the meeting
     was held and the date thereof.

266.(3) Dissolution

     266.(3) On the expiration of three months from the date of the
     filing of the notice, the corporation is dissolved.

266.(4) Extension

     266.(4) At any time during the three-month period mentioned in
     subsection (3), the court may, on the application of the liquidator
     or any other person interested, make an order deferring the date on
     which the dissolution of the corporation is to take effect to a date
     fixed in the order, and in such event the corporation is dissolved
     on the date so fixed.

266.(5) Copy of extension order to be filed

     266.(5) The person on whose application the order was made shall
     within ten days after it was made file with the Minister a copy of
     it certified under the seal of the court.

266.(6) Offence

     266.(6) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this
     section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a
     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 266.

267.(1) Order for dissolution

     267.(1) Despite section 266, in the case of a voluntary winding up
     or in the case of a winding up by order of the court, the court at
     any time after the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound
     up may, upon the application or motion of the liquidator or any
     other person interested, make an order dissolving it, and it is
     dissolved at and from the date of the order.

267.(2) Copy of dissolution order to be filed

     267.(2) The person on whose application the order was made shall
     within ten days after it was made file with the Minister a copy of
     it certified under the seal of the court.

267.(3) Offence

     267.(3) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this
     section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a
     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 267.

268.(1) Where shareholder unknown

     268.(1) Where the liquidator is unable to distribute rateably the
     property of the corporation among the shareholders or members
     because a shareholder or member is unknown or the person's
     whereabouts is unknown, the share of the property of the corporation
     of such shareholder or member may, by agreement with the Public
     Trustee, be delivered or conveyed by the liquidator to the Public
     Trustee to be held in trust for the shareholder or member, and
     thereupon subsections 319 (5) and (6) apply thereto.

268.(2) Idem

     268.(2) A delivery or conveyance under subsection (1) shall be
     deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders or
     members for the purposes of clause 254 (1) (a).

268.(3) Where creditor unknown

     268.(3) Where the liquidator is unable to pay all the debts of the
     corporation because a creditor is unknown or the creditor's
     whereabouts is unknown, the liquidator may, by agreement with the
     Public Trustee, pay to the Public Trustee an amount equal to the
     amount of the debt due to the creditor to be held in trust for the
     creditor and thereupon subsections 319 (5) and (6) apply thereto.

268.(4) Idem

     268.(4) A payment under subsection (3) shall be deemed to be in
     satisfaction of the debt for the purposes of clause 254 (1) (a).
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 268.

269.(1) Disposal of books, etc., after winding up

     269.(1) Where a corporation has been wound up under this Act and is
     about to be dissolved, its books, accounts and documents and those
     of the liquidator may be disposed of as it by resolution directs in
     case of voluntary winding up, or as the court directs in case of
     winding up under order.

269.(2) Where responsibility as to custody of books, etc., to cease

     269.(2) After the lapse of five years from the date of the
     dissolution of the corporation, no responsibility rests on it or the
     liquidator, or anyone to whom the custody of such books, accounts
     and documents has been committed by reason that the same or any of
     them are not forthcoming to any person claiming to be interested
     therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 269.

270.(1) Provision for discharge of liquidator and distribution by the court

     270.(1) Where a corporation is being wound up under an order of the
     court and the realization and distribution of its property has
     proceeded so far that in the opinion of the court it is expedient
     that the liquidator should be discharged and that the property of
     the corporation remaining in the liquidator's hands can be better
     realized and distributed by the court, the court may make an order
     discharging the liquidator and for payment, delivery and transfer
     into court, or to such officer or person as the court may direct, of
     such property, and it shall be realized and distributed by or under
     the direction of the court among the persons entitled thereto in the
     same way as nearly as may be as if the distribution were being made
     by the liquidator.

270.(2) Disposal of books and documents

     270.(2) In such case, the court may make an order directing how the
     books, accounts and documents of the corporation and of the
     liquidator are to be disposed of, and may order that they be
     deposited in court or otherwise dealt with as it thinks fit. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 270.

271. Rules of procedure

     271. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make rules for the due
     carrying out of this Part, and, except as otherwise provided by this
     Act or by such rules, the practice and procedure in a winding up
     under the Winding-up Act (Canada) apply. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     271.

                          PART VII
                          CORPORATIONS, GENERAL

272. Application

     272. Subject to section 2, this Part, except where it is otherwise
     expressly provided, applies,

          (a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper
          Canada;

          (b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada
          that has its head office and carries on business in Ontario and
          that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of
          the Legislature extends; and

          (c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general or
          special Act of the Legislature,

     but this Part does not apply to a corporation incorporated for the
     construction and working of a railway, incline railway or street
     railway, or to a corporation within the meaning of the Loan and
     Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that Act. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 272.

273. Incorporation subject to trusts

     273. A corporation is, upon its incorporation, invested with all the
     property and rights, real and personal, theretofore held by or for
     it under any trust created with a view to its incorporation. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 273.

274. General corporate powers

     274. A corporation, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Act
     or instrument creating it, has and shall be deemed to have had from
     its creation the capacity of a natural person and may exercise its
     powers beyond the boundaries of Ontario to the extent to which the
     laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit,
     and may accept extra-provincial powers and rights. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 274.

275. Incidental powers

     275. A corporation has power,

          (a) to construct, maintain and alter any buildings or works
          necessary or convenient for its objects;

          (b) to acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise and to hold any
          land or interest therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 275; 1994,
          c. 27, s. 78 (8).

276.

     276. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (9).

277.(1) Head office

     277.(1) Subject to subsection (2), a corporation shall at all times
     have its head office in the place in Ontario where the letters
     patent provide that the head office is to be situate.

277.(2) Change of head office

     277.(2) A corporation may by special resolution change the location
     of its head office to another place in Ontario.

277.(3) Where municipality annexed or amalgamated

     277.(3) Where the location of the head office of a corporation is
     changed by reason only of the annexation or amalgamation of the
     place in which the head office is situate to or with another
     municipality, such change does not constitute and has never
     constituted a change within the meaning of subsection (2). R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 277 (1-3).

277.(4)

     277.(4) , (5) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 72.

278.

     278. REPEALED: 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (9).

279. Seal

     279. A corporation may, but need not, have a corporate seal. 1998,
     c. 18, Sched. E, s. 73.

280.(1) Contracts in writing under seal

     280.(1) A contract that if made between individual persons would be
     by law required to be in writing and under seal may be made on
     behalf of a corporation in writing under the seal of the
     corporation.

280.(2) Contracts in writing not under seal

     280.(2) A contract that if made between individual persons would be
     by law required to be in writing signed by the parties to be charged
     therewith may be made on behalf of a corporation in writing signed
     by any person acting under its authority, express or implied.

280.(3) Parol contracts

     280.(3) A contract that if made between individual persons would be
     by law valid although made by parol only and not reduced into
     writing may be made by parol on behalf of a corporation by any
     person acting under its authority, express or implied. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 280.

281. Power of attorney by corporation

     281. A corporation may, by writing under seal, empower any person,
     either generally or in respect of any specified matters, as its
     attorney to execute on its behalf deeds to which it is a party in
     any capacity in any place situate in or outside Ontario, and every
     deed signed by such attorney on behalf of the corporation and under
     the attorney's seal binds the corporation and has the same effect as
     if it were under the seal of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 281.

282. Authentication of documents, etc.

     282. A document requiring authentication by a corporation may be
     signed by any director or by any authorized person and need not be
     under seal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 282.

283.(1) Directors

     283.(1) The affairs of every corporation shall be managed by a board
     of directors howsoever designated.

283.(2) Number

     283.(2) The board of directors of a corporation shall consist of a
     fixed number of directors not fewer than three. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 283 (1, 2).

283.(3) Conduct of business

     283.(3) Subject to subsection 298 (1) and subsection (3.1), no
     business of a corporation shall be transacted by its directors
     except at a meeting of directors at which a quorum of the board is
     present. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 283 (3); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.
     74 (1).

283.(3.1) Means of meetings

     283.(3.1) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, if all the directors
     of a corporation present at or participating in the meeting consent,
     a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by
     such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as
     permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with
     each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and a director
     participating in the meeting by those means is deemed for the
     purposes of this Act to be present at the meeting. 1998, c. 18,
     Sched. E, s. 74 (2).

283.(4) Idem

     283.(4) Where there is a vacancy or vacancies in the board of
     directors, the remaining directors may exercise all the powers of
     the board so long as a quorum of the board remains in office. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 283 (4).

283.(5) Purchase of liability insurance

     283.(5) Subject to subsection (6), a corporation may purchase and
     maintain insurance for a director or officer of the corporation
     against any liability incurred by the director or officer, in the
     capacity as a director or officer of the corporation, except where
     the liability relates to the person's failure to act honestly and in
     good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation.

283.(6) Charitable corporation

     283.(6) A corporation referred to in subsection 1 (2) of the
     Charities Accounting Act may not purchase insurance described in
     subsection (5) unless,

          (a) the corporation complies with the Charities Accounting Act
          or a regulation made under that Act that permits the purchase;
          or

          (b) the corporation or a director or officer of the corporation
          obtains a court order authorizing the purchase. 1998, c. 18,
          Sched. E, s. 74 (2).

284.(1) First directors

     284.(1) The persons named as first directors in the Act or
     instrument creating the corporation are the directors of the
     corporation until replaced by the same number of others duly elected
     or appointed in their stead.

284.(2) Idem

     284.(2) The first directors of the corporation have all the powers
     and duties and are subject to all the liabilities of directors.

284.(3) Definition

     284.(3) In the case of corporations incorporated before the 30th day
     of April, 1954, "first directors" in this section means provisional
     directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 284.

285.(1) Change in number of directors

     285.(1) A corporation may by special resolution increase or decrease
     the number of its directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 285 (1).

285.(2)

     285.(2) , (3) Repealed: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 75.

286.(1) Qualification of directors, must be shareholders

     286.(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), no person shall be a
     director of a corporation unless he or she is a shareholder or
     member of the corporation, and, if the person ceases to be a
     shareholder or member, he or she thereupon ceases to be a director.

286.(2) Exception

     286.(2) A person may be a director of a corporation if he or she
     becomes a shareholder or member of the corporation within ten days
     after his or her election or appointment as a director, but, if the
     person fails to become a shareholder or member within such ten days,
     the person thereupon ceases to be a director and shall not be 
     re-elected or reappointed unless he or she is a shareholder or member
     of the corporation.

286.(3) Exception, hospitals and stock exchanges

     286.(3) A corporation,

          (a) operating a hospital within the meaning of the Public
          Hospitals Act; or

          (b) operating a recognized stock exchange,

     may by by-law provide that a person may, with his or her consent in
     writing, be a director of the corporation even though the person is
     not a shareholder or member of the corporation.

286.(4) Age

     286.(4) A director shall be eighteen or more years of age.

286.(5) Bankrupts

     286.(5) No undischarged bankrupt shall be a director, and, if a
     director becomes a bankrupt, he or she thereupon ceases to be a
     director. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 286.

287.(1) Election of directors

     287.(1) The directors shall be elected by the shareholders or
     members in general meeting and the election shall be by ballot or in
     such other manner as the by-laws of the corporation prescribe.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (1).

287.(2) Idem

     287.(2) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, the election of
     directors shall take place yearly and all the directors then in
     office shall retire, but, if qualified, are eligible for re-
     election. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (2); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E,
     s. 76 (1).

287.(3) Exception

     287.(3) Subsection (2) does not affect the operation of any by-law
     passed before the 30th day of April, 1954, that provides that the
     election of directors shall take place otherwise than yearly.

287.(4) Continuance in office

     287.(4) If an election of directors is not held at the proper time,
     the directors continue in office until their successors are elected.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287 (3, 4).

287.(5) Rotation of directors

     287.(5) The by-laws may provide for the election and retirement of
     directors in rotation, but in that case no director shall be elected
     for a term of more than five years and at least three directors
     shall retire from office in each year. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 287
     (5); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 76 (2).

288.(1) Quorum of directors

     288.(1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or a
     special resolution otherwise provides, a majority of the board of
     directors constitutes a quorum, but in no case shall a quorum be
     less than two-fifths of the board of directors.

288.(2) Vacancies

     288.(2) As long as there is a quorum of directors in office, any
     vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled for the
     remainder of the term by the directors then in office.

288.(3) Idem

     288.(3) Whenever there is not a quorum of directors in office, the
     director or directors then in office shall forthwith call a general
     meeting of the shareholders or members to fill the vacancies, and,
     in default or if there are no directors then in office, the meeting
     may be called by any shareholder or member. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     288.

289.(1) President

     289.(1) The directors shall elect a president from among themselves.

289.(2) Other officers

     289.(2) The directors shall appoint a secretary and may appoint one
     or more vice-presidents and other officers.

289.(3) Corporations without share capital

     289.(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), in the case of a
     corporation without share capital, if the letters patent,
     supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, the officers of
     the corporation or any of them may be elected or appointed at a
     general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose.

289.(4) Acting secretary

     289.(4) If the office of secretary is vacant or if for any reason
     the secretary is unable to act, anything required or authorized to
     be done by the secretary may be done by an assistant secretary or,
     if there is no assistant secretary able to act, by any other officer
     of the corporation authorized generally or specifically in that
     behalf by the directors. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 289.

290. Chair of the board

     290. A corporation may by special resolution provide for the
     election by the directors from among themselves of a chair of the
     board of directors and define his or her duties, and may assign to
     the chair of the board of directors any or all of the duties of the
     president or other officer of the corporation, and in that case the
     special resolution shall fix and prescribe the duties of the
     president. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 290.

291.(1) Qualification of officers

     291.(1) Except in the case of the president and the chair of the
     board of directors, no officer of the corporation need be a director
     or a shareholder or member of the corporation unless the by-laws so
     provide.

291.(2) Application of subs. (1)

     291.(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a corporation operating a
     recognized stock exchange. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 291.

292. Validity of acts of directors, etc.

     292. The acts of a director or of an officer are valid despite any
     defect that may afterwards be discovered in his or her appointment
     or qualification. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 292.

293. Annual meetings

     293. A corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its shareholders
     or members not later than eighteen months after its incorporation
     and subsequently not more than fifteen months after the holding of
     the last preceding annual meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 293.

294. General meetings

     294. The directors may at any time call a general meeting of the
     shareholders or members for the transaction of any business, the
     general nature of which is specified in the notice calling the
     meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 294.

295.(1) Requisition for meeting

     295.(1) Shareholders of a company holding not less than one-tenth of
     the issued shares of the company that carry the right to vote at the
     meeting proposed to be held, or not less than one-tenth of the
     members of a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at
     the meeting proposed to be held, as the case may be, may request the
     directors to call a general meeting of the shareholders or members
     for any purpose connected with the affairs of the corporation that
     is not inconsistent with this Act.

295.(2) Requisition

     295.(2) The requisition shall state the general nature of the
     business to be presented at the meeting and shall be signed by the
     requisitionists and deposited at the head office of the corporation
     and may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or
     more requisitionists.

295.(3) Duty of directors to call meeting

     295.(3) Upon deposit of the requisition, the directors shall call
     forthwith a general meeting of the shareholders or members for the
     transaction of the business stated in the requisition.

295.(4) Where requisitionists may call meeting

     295.(4) If the directors do not within twenty-one days from the date
     of the deposit of the requisition call and hold such meeting, any of
     the requisitionists may call such meeting which shall be held within
     sixty days from the date of the deposit of the requisition.

295.(5) Calling of meeting

     295.(5) A meeting called under this section shall be called as
     nearly as possible in the same manner as meetings of shareholders or
     members are called under the by-laws, but, if the by-laws provide
     for more than twenty-one days notice of meetings, twenty-one days
     notice is sufficient for the calling of such meeting.

295.(6) Repayment of expenses

     295.(6) Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by
     reason of the failure of the directors to call such meeting shall be
     repaid to the requisitionists by the corporation and any amount so
     repaid shall be retained by the corporation out of any money due or
     to become due from the corporation by way of fees or other
     remuneration in respect of their services to such of the directors
     as were in default, unless at such meeting the shareholders or
     members by a majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the
     requisitionists. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 295.

296.(1) Circulation of shareholders' resolutions, etc.

     296.(1) On the requisition in writing of shareholders of a company
     holding not less than one-twentieth of the issued shares of the
     company that carry the right to vote at the meeting to which the
     requisition relates or not less than one-twentieth of the members of
     a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at the meeting
     to which the requisition relates, as the case may be, the directors
     shall,

          (a) give to the shareholders or members entitled to notice of
          the next meeting of shareholders or members notice of any
          resolution that may properly be moved and is intended to be
          moved at that meeting; or

          (b) circulate to the shareholders or members entitled to vote
          at the next meeting of shareholders or members a statement of
          not more than 1,000 words with respect to the matter referred
          to in any proposed resolution or with respect to the business
          to be dealt with at that meeting.

296.(2) Notice

     296.(2) The notice or statement or both, as the case may be, shall
     be given or circulated by sending a copy thereof to each shareholder
     or member entitled thereto in the same manner and at the same time
     as that prescribed by this Act for the sending of notice of meetings
     of shareholders or members.

296.(3) Idem

     296.(3) Where it is not practicable to send the notice or statement
     or both at the same time as the notice of the meeting is sent, the
     notice or statement or both shall be sent as soon as practicable
     thereafter.

296.(4) Deposit of requisition, etc.

     296.(4) The directors are not bound under this section to give
     notice of any resolution or to circulate any statement unless,

          (a) the requisition, signed by the requisitionists, is
          deposited at the head office of the corporation,

             (i)in the case of a requisition requiring notice of a
             resolution to be given, not less than ten days before the
             meeting,

             (ii)in the case of a requisition requiring a statement to be
             circulated, not less than seven days before the meeting; and

          (b) there is deposited with the requisition a sum reasonably
          sufficient to meet the corporation's expenses in giving effect
          thereto.

296.(5) Where directors not bound to circulate statement

     296.(5) The directors are not bound under this section to circulate
     any statement if, on the application of the corporation or any other
     person who claims to be aggrieved, the court is satisfied that the
     rights conferred by this section are being abused to secure needless
     publicity for defamatory matter, and on any such application the
     court may order the costs of the corporation to be paid in whole or
     in part by the requisitionists even though they are not parties to
     the application.

296.(6) Where no liability

     296.(6) A corporation and a director, officer, employee or person
     acting on its behalf, except a requisitionist, is not liable in
     damages or otherwise by reason only of the circulation of a notice
     or statement or both in compliance with this section.

296.(7) Duty to deal with requisitioned matter

     296.(7) Despite anything in the by-laws of the corporation, where
     the requisitionists have complied with this section, the resolution,
     if any, mentioned in the requisition shall be dealt with at the
     meeting to which the requisition relates.

296.(8) Repayment of expenses

     296.(8) The sum deposited under clause (4) (b) shall be repaid to
     the requisitionists by the corporation unless at the meeting to
     which the requisition relates the shareholders or members by a
     majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the
     requisitionists.

296.(9) Offence

     296.(9) A director of a corporation who authorizes, permits or
     acquiesces in any contravention of any requirement of this section
     is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 296.

297. Court may direct method of holding meetings

     297. If for any reason it is impracticable to call a meeting of
     shareholders or members of the corporation in any manner in which
     meetings of shareholders or members may be called or to conduct the
     meeting in the manner prescribed by this Act, the letters patent,
     supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on the
     application of a director or a shareholder or member who would be
     entitled to vote at the meeting, order a meeting to be called, held
     and conducted in such manner as the court thinks fit, and any
     meeting called, held and conducted in accordance with such an order
     shall for all purposes be deemed to be a meeting of shareholders or
     members of the corporation duly called, held and conducted. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 297.

298.(1) By-laws and resolutions

     298.(1) Any by-law or resolution signed by all the directors is as
     valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the directors duly
     called, constituted and held for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
     s. 298 (1); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 77 (1).

298.(2) Idem

     298.(2) Any resolution signed by all the shareholders or members is
     as valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the shareholders
     or members duly called, constituted and held for that purpose.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 298 (2); 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 77 (2).

298.(3) Alternative method of confirming by-laws

     298.(3) Any by-law passed at any time during a corporation's
     existence may, in lieu of confirmation at a general meeting, be
     confirmed in writing by all the shareholders or members entitled to
     vote at such meeting.

298.(4) Evidentiary value of signatures

     298.(4) Where a by-law or resolution purports to have been passed or
     confirmed under this section by the signatures of all the directors,
     shareholders or members, as the case may be, of the corporation, the
     signatures to such by-law or resolution are admissible in evidence
     as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the
     signatures of all the directors, shareholders or members, as the
     case may be, and are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence
     of evidence to the contrary, that the signatories to the by-law or
     resolution were all the directors, shareholders or members, as the
     case may be, at the date that the by-law or resolution purports so
     to have been passed or confirmed. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 298 (3, 4).

299.(1) Minute books

     299.(1) A corporation shall cause minutes of all proceedings at
     meetings of the shareholders or members and of the directors and of
     any executive committee to be entered in books kept for that
     purpose.

299.(2) Evidence

     299.(2) Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chair of
     the meeting at which the proceedings were had or by the chair of the
     next succeeding meeting, are admissible in evidence as proof, in the
     absence of evidence to the contrary, of the proceedings.

299.(3) Validity

     299.(3) Where minutes in accordance with this section have been made
     of the proceedings of a meeting of the shareholders or members or of
     the directors or any executive committee, then, until the contrary
     is proved, the meeting shall be deemed to have been duly called,
     constituted and held and all proceedings had thereat to have been
     duly had and all appointments of directors, officers or liquidators
     made thereat shall be deemed to have been duly made. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 299.

300. Documents and registers

     300. A corporation shall cause the following documents and registers
     to be kept:

          1. A copy of the letters patent and of any supplementary
          letters patent issued to the corporation and of the memorandum
          of agreement, if any, or, if incorporated by special Act, a
          copy of the Act.

          2. All by-laws and special resolutions of the corporation.

          3. A register of shareholders or members in which are set out
          the names alphabetically arranged of all persons who are
          shareholders or members or have been within ten years
          shareholders or members of the corporation and the address of
          every such person while a shareholder or member and, in the
          case of a company, in which are set out also the number and
          class of shares held by each shareholder and the amounts paid
          up and remaining unpaid on their respective shares.

          4. A register of directors in which are set out the names,
          addresses and callings of all persons who are or have been
          directors of the corporation with the several dates on which
          each became or ceased to be a director. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38,
          s. 300.

301. Documents evidence

     301. The documents and registers mentioned in sections 41 and 300
     are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to
     the contrary, before and after dissolution of the corporation, of
     all facts purporting to be stated therein. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 301.

302. Books of account

     302. A corporation shall cause to be kept proper books of account
     and accounting records with respect to all financial and other
     transactions of the corporation and, without derogating from the
     generality of the foregoing, records of,

          (a) all sums of money received and disbursed by the corporation
          and the matters with respect to which receipt and disbursement
          took place;

          (b) all sales and purchases of the corporation;

          (c) the assets and liabilities of the corporation; and

          (d) all other transactions affecting the financial position of
          the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 302.

303. Untrue entries

     303. A director, officer or employee of a corporation who makes or
     assists in making any entry in the minutes of proceedings mentioned
     in section 299, in the documents and registers mentioned in sections
     41 and 300 or in the books of account or accounting records
     mentioned in section 302, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an
     offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
     $1,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three months,
     or both. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 303.

304.(1) Records to be kept at head office

     304.(1) The minutes of proceedings mentioned in section 299, the
     documents and registers mentioned in sections 41 and 300 and the
     books of account and accounting records mentioned in section 302
     shall, during the normal business hours of the corporation, be open
     to inspection by any director and shall, except as provided in
     section 43 and in subsections (2) and (3) of this section, be kept
     at the head office of the corporation.

304.(2) Records of account at branch

     304.(2) A corporation may keep at any place where it carries on
     business such parts of the accounting records as relate to the
     operations and assets and liabilities thereof or to such business of
     the corporation as was carried on or supervised or accounted for at
     such place, but there shall be kept at the head office of the
     corporation or such other place as is authorized under subsection
     (3) such records as will enable the directors to ascertain quarterly
     with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the corporation.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 304 (1, 2).

304.(3)Exemption

     304.(3) A corporation may keep any of the records mentioned in
     subsection (1) at a place other than the head office of the
     corporation if the records are available for inspection during
     regular office hours at the head office by means of a computer
     terminal or other electronic technology. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.78.

304.(4) Offence

     304.(4) A director, officer or employee of a corporation who
     contravenes subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction
     is liable to a fine of not more than $200.

304.(5) Rescission of orders made under subs. (3)

     304.(5) The Minister may by order upon such terms as the Minister
     sees fit rescind any order made under subsection (3) or any order
     made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council under a predecessor of
     that subsection. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 304 (4, 5).

305.(1) Records to be open for inspection

     305.(1) The minutes of proceedings at meetings of shareholders or
     members mentioned in section 299 and the documents and registers
     mentioned in sections 41 and 300, during the normal business hours
     of the corporation, shall, at the place or places where they are
     kept, be open to inspection by the shareholders or members and
     creditors of the corporation or their agents or legal
     representatives, and any of them may make extracts therefrom.

305.(2) Offence

     305.(2) Every person who refuses to permit a person entitled thereto
     to inspect such minutes, documents or registers, or to make extracts
     therefrom, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a
     fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 305.

306.(1) List of shareholders

     306.(1) No shareholder or member or creditor or the agent or legal
     representative of any of them shall make or cause to be made a list
     of all or any of the shareholders or members of the corporation,
     unless the person has filed with the corporation or its agent an
     affidavit of such shareholder, member or creditor in the following
     form in English or French, and, where the shareholder, member or
     creditor is a corporation, the affidavit shall be made by the
     president or other officer authorized by resolution of the board of
     directors of such corporation:

                                 Form of Affidavit

     Province of Ontario In the matter of

     County of(Insert name of corporation)

        I, ......................... of the .................. of
        ..................... in the ..................................
        of ....................................... make oath and say (or
        affirm):

        1. I am a shareholder ( or member or creditor) of the above-named
        corporation. ( Where the shareholder, member or creditor is a
        corporation, indicate office and authority of deponent in
        paragraph 1.)

        2. I am applying to make a list of the shareholders ( or members)
        of the above-named corporation.

        3. I require the list of shareholders ( or members) only for
        purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

        4. The list of shareholders ( or members) and the information
        contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with
        the above-named corporation.

        SWORN, etc.

306.(2) Offence

     306.(2) Every person, other than a corporation or its agent, who
     uses a list of all or any of the shareholders or members of the
     corporation for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any
     of such shareholders or members advertising or other printed matter
     relating to shares or securities, other than the shares or
     securities of the corporation, or for purposes not connected with
     the corporation is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable
     to a fine of not more than $1,000.

306.(3) Purposes connected with the corporation, defined

     306.(3) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort
     to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of
     the corporation and include the acquisition or offering of shares to
     acquire control or to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and
     any other purpose approved by the Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     306.

307.(1) Where list of shareholders to be furnished

     307.(1) Any person, upon payment of a reasonable charge therefor and
     upon filing with the corporation or its agent the affidavit referred
     to in subsection (2), may require a corporation, other than a
     private company, or its transfer agent to furnish within ten days
     from the filing of such affidavit a list setting out the names
     alphabetically arranged of all persons who are shareholders or
     members of the corporation, the number of shares owned by each such
     person and the address of each such person as shown on the books of
     the corporation made up to a date not more than ten days prior to
     the date of filing the affidavit.

307.(2) Affidavit

     307.(2) The affidavit referred to in subsection (1) shall be made by
     the applicant and shall be in the following form in English or
     French:

                                 Form of Affidavit

     Province of Ontario ln the matter of

     County of(Insert name of corporation)

        I, ......................... of the .................. of
        ..................... in the ..................................
        of ....................................... make oath and say (or
        affirm): ( Where the applicant is a corporation, indicate office
        and authority of deponent.)

        1. I hereby apply for a list of the shareholders ( or members) of
        the above-named corporation.

        2. I require the list of shareholders ( or members) only for
        purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

        3. The list of shareholders ( or members) and the information
        contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with
        the above-named corporation.

        SWORN, etc.

307.(3) Idem, where applicant a corporation

     307.(3) Where the applicant is a corporation, the affidavit shall be
     made by the president or other officer authorized by resolution of
     the board of directors of such corporation.

307.(4) Offence

     307.(4) Every person who uses a list of shareholders or members of a
     corporation obtained under this section,

          (a) for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any of
          such shareholders or members advertising or other printed
          matter relating to shares or securities other than the shares
          or securities of the corporation; or

          (b) for any purpose not connected with the corporation,

     is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
     more than $1,000.

307.(5) Offence

     307.(5) Every corporation or transfer agent that fails to furnish a
     list in accordance with subsection (1) when so required is guilty of
     an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
     $1,000, and every director or officer of such corporation or
     transfer agent who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such
     offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to
     a like fine.

307.(6) Interpretation

     307.(6) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort
     to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of
     the corporation, any offer to acquire shares in the corporation or
     any effort to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and any other
     purpose approved by the Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 307.

308. Offence

     308. Every person who offers for sale or sells or purchases or
     otherwise traffics in a list or a copy of a list of all or any of
     the shareholders or members of a corporation is guilty of an offence
     and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and,
     where such person is a corporation, every director or officer of
     such corporation who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such
     offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to
     a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 308.

309.(1) Power of court to correct

     309.(1) If the name of a person is, without sufficient cause,
     entered in or omitted from the minutes of proceedings mentioned in
     section 299 or from the documents or registers mentioned in sections
     41 and 300, or if default is made or unnecessary delay takes place
     in entering therein the fact of any person having ceased to be a
     shareholder or member of the corporation, the person or shareholder
     or member aggrieved, or any shareholder or member of the
     corporation, or the corporation itself, may apply to the court for
     an order that the minutes, documents or registers be rectified, and
     the court may dismiss such application or make an order for the
     rectification of the minutes, documents or registers, and may direct
     the corporation to compensate the party aggrieved for any damage the
     party has sustained.

309.(2) Decision as to title

     309.(2) The court may, in any proceeding under this section, decide
     any question relating to the entitlement of a person who is a party
     to such proceeding to have the person's name entered in or omitted
     from such minutes, documents or registers, whether such question
     arises between two or more shareholders or members or alleged
     shareholders or members, or between any shareholder or member or
     alleged shareholder or member and the corporation.

309.(3) Trial of issue

     309.(3) The court may direct an issue to be tried.

309.(4) Appeal

     309.(4) An appeal lies from the decision of the court as if it had
     been given in an action.

309.(5) Jurisdiction of courts not affected

     309.(5) This section does not deprive any court of any jurisdiction
     it otherwise has.

309.(6) Costs

     309.(6) The costs of any proceeding under this section are in the
     discretion of the court. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 309.

310.(1) Investigations and audits

     310.(1) Upon an application by the shareholders of a company holding
     shares representing not less than one-tenth of the issued capital of
     the company, or upon an application of at least one-tenth of the
     members of a corporation without share capital, the court may
     appoint an inspector to investigate the affairs and management of
     the corporation or may appoint a person to audit its books.

310.(2) Evidence

     310.(2) The application shall be supported by such evidence as the
     court requires for the purpose of showing that the applicants have
     good reason for requiring the investigation or audit, as the case
     may be.

310.(3) Security for costs

     310.(3) The court may require the applicants to give security to
     cover the probable cost of the investigation or audit and may make
     rules and prescribe the manner in which and the extent to which the
     investigation or audit is to be conducted.

310.(4) Report on and expense of investigation or audit

     310.(4) Such inspector or auditor shall report thereon to the court
     and the expense of the investigation shall, in the discretion of the
     court, be defrayed by the corporation or by the applicants or partly
     by the corporation and partly by the applicants.

310.(5) Corporation may appoint inspector for same purpose

     310.(5) A corporation may, by resolution passed at an annual meeting
     or at a general meeting called for that purpose, appoint an
     inspector to investigate its affairs and management.

310.(6) Powers and duties of inspector

     310.(6) The inspector appointed under subsection (5) has the same
     powers and shall perform the same duties as an inspector appointed
     under subsection (1) and the inspector shall make his or her report
     in such manner and to such persons as the corporation by resolution
     directs.

310.(7) Production of books and documents

     310.(7) All officers and agents of the corporation shall produce for
     the examination of any inspector or auditor appointed under this
     section all books and records in their custody or power.

310.(8) Examination on oath

     310.(8) Any such inspector or auditor may examine upon oath the
     officers, agents and employees of the corporation in relation to its
     affairs and management.

310.(9) Offence

     310.(9) Every officer or agent who refuses to produce any book or
     record referred to in subsection (7) and every person so examined
     who refuses to answer any question relating to the affairs and
     management of the corporation is guilty of an offence and on
     conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.

310.(10) Report admissible in proceedings

     310.(10) A copy of the report of the inspector or auditor, as the
     case may be, authenticated by the court or under the seal of the
     corporation whose affairs and management the inspector or auditor
     has investigated, is admissible in any legal proceeding as evidence
     of the opinion of the inspector or auditor in relation to any matter
     contained in the report. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 310.

311.(1) Corporation with fewer than three shareholders or members
     exercising corporate powers

     311.(1) If a corporation exercises its corporate powers when its
     shareholders or members are fewer than three for a period of more
     than six months after the number has been so reduced, every person
     who was a shareholder or member of the corporation during the time
     that it so exercised its corporate powers after such period of six
     months and is aware of the fact that it so exercised its corporate
     powers is severally liable for the payment of the whole of the debts
     of the corporation contracted during such time and may be sued for
     the debts without the joinder in the action of the corporation or of
     any other shareholder or member.

311.(2) Shareholder or member may avoid liability

     311.(2) A shareholder or member who has become aware that the
     corporation is so exercising its corporate powers may serve a
     protest in writing on the corporation and may by registered letter
     notify the Minister of such protest having been served and of the
     facts upon which it is based, and such shareholder or member may
     thereby and not otherwise, from the date of the protest and
     notification, exonerate himself, herself or itself from liability.

311.(3) Revocation of charter

     311.(3) If after notice from the Minister the corporation refuses or
     neglects to bring the number of its shareholders or members up to
     three, such refusal or neglect may be regarded by the Lieutenant
     Governor as sufficient cause for the making of an order under
     subsection 317 (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 311.

312.(1) Bringing corporations under this Act

     312.(1) A corporation incorporated otherwise than by letters patent
     and being at the time of its application a subsisting corporation
     may apply for letters patent under this Act, and the Lieutenant
     Governor may issue letters patent continuing it as if it had been
     incorporated under this Act.

312.(2) Change of powers, etc.

     312.(2) Where a corporation applies for the issue of letters patent
     under subsection (1), the Lieutenant Governor may, by the letters
     patent, limit or extend the powers of the corporation, name its
     directors and change its corporate name, as the applicant desires.

312.(3) Transfer of foreign corporations

     312.(3) A corporation incorporated under the laws of any
     jurisdiction other than Ontario may, if it appears to the Lieutenant
     Governor to be thereunto authorized by the laws of the jurisdiction
     in which it was incorporated, apply to the Lieutenant Governor for
     letters patent continuing it as if it had been incorporated under
     this Act, and the Lieutenant Governor may issue such letters patent
     on application supported by such material as appears satisfactory
     and such letters patent may be issued on such terms and subject to
     such limitations and conditions and contain such provisions as
     appear to the Lieutenant Governor to be fit and proper. R.S.O. 1990,
     c. C.38, s. 312.

313.(1) Transfer of Ontario corporations

     313.(1) A corporation incorporated under the laws of Ontario may, if
     authorized by a special resolution, by the Minister and by the laws
     of any other jurisdiction in Canada, apply to the proper officer of
     that other jurisdiction for an instrument of continuation continuing
     the corporation as if it had been incorporated under the laws of
     that other jurisdiction.

313.(2) Notice

     313.(2) The corporation shall file with the Minister a notice of the
     issue of the instrument of continuation and on and after the date of
     the filing of such instrument this Act ceases to apply to that
     corporation.

313.(3) Application

     313.(3) This section applies only to a jurisdiction that has
     legislation in force that permits corporations incorporated under
     its laws to apply for an instrument of continuation under the laws
     of Ontario. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 313.

313.1.(1) Continuance as cooperative corporation

     313.1.(1) A corporation incorporated under this Act may, if
     authorized by a special resolution and by the Minister, apply under
     the Cooperative Corporations Act to be continued as a cooperative
     corporation.

313.1.(2) Certificate to be filed with Minister

     313.1.(2) The corporation must file with the Minister a copy of the
     certificate of continuance issued under the Cooperative
     Corporations Act within 60 days after the date of issuance.

313.1.(3) Act ceases to apply

     313.1.(3) This Act ceases to apply to the corporation on the date
     upon which the corporation is continued under the Cooperative
     Corporations Act. 1994, c. 17, s. 31.

314. Rights of creditors preserved

     314. All rights of creditors against the property, rights and assets
     of a corporation amalgamated under section 113 or continued under
     section 312, and all liens upon its property, rights and assets are
     unimpaired by such amalgamation or continuation, and all debts,
     contracts, liabilities and duties of the corporation thenceforth
     attach to the amalgamated or continued corporation and may be
     enforced against it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 314.

315.(1) Forfeiture for nonuser

     315.(1) If a corporation incorporated by letters patent does not go
     into actual operation within two years after incorporation or for
     any two consecutive years does not use its corporate powers, the
     Lieutenant Governor, after having given the corporation such notice
     as he or she considers proper, may by order declare such powers
     forfeited, except so far as is necessary for the winding up of the
     corporation.

315.(2) Rights of creditors not affected

     315.(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of
     creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture.

315.(3) Revival

     315.(3) Where the powers of a corporation have been forfeited under
     subsection (1) or a predecessor of subsection (1), the Lieutenant
     Governor on the application of the corporation may by order, on such
     terms and conditions as he or she sees fit to impose, revive the
     corporate powers. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 315.

316. Social clubs cause for cancellation

     316. Despite anything to the contrary in any Act, in any letters
     patent or in any supplementary letters patent, if it is made to
     appear to the satisfaction of the Minister that a corporation that
     has objects in whole or in part of a social nature,

          (a) occupies and uses a house, room or place as a club that,
          except for paragraph 197 (2) (a) of the Criminal Code (Canada),
          would be a common gaming house as defined in subsection (1)
          thereof; or

          (b) occupies premises that are equipped, guarded, constructed
          or operated so as to hinder or prevent lawful access to and
          inspection by police or fire officers, or are found fitted or
          provided with any means or contrivance for playing any game of
          chance or any mixed game of chance and skill, gaming or betting
          or with any device for concealing, removing or destroying such
          means or contrivance,

     the Lieutenant Governor may make an order under subsection 317 (1).
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 316.

317.(1) Termination of existence for cause

     317.(1) Where sufficient cause is shown, the Lieutenant Governor may
     by order, upon such terms and conditions as he or she considers fit,

          (a) cancel the letters patent of a corporation and declare it
          to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix;

          (b) declare the corporate existence of a corporation
          incorporated otherwise than by letters patent to be terminated
          and the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order
          may fix; or

          (c) cancel any supplementary letters patent issued to a
          corporation.

317.(2) Inquiry

     317.(2) The Minister, under such circumstances and at any time as
     the Minister in his or her discretion thinks advisable, may
     authorize any officer of the Ministry of the Minister to conduct an
     inquiry for the purpose of determining whether or not there is
     sufficient cause for the making of an order under subsection (1).

317.(3) Powers of inquiring officer

     317.(3) Every officer so authorized has the power to summon any
     person to appear before him or her as a witness in such inquiry and
     to require such person to give evidence on oath, touching any matter
     relevant to the purpose of the inquiry, and to produce such
     documents and things as such officer considers requisite for that
     purpose.

317.(4) Witnesses

     317.(4) Every such officer has the same power to enforce the
     attendance of witnesses and to compel them to give evidence and to
     produce documents and things as is vested in any court in civil
     cases.

317.(5) Witness may be required to answer

     317.(5) Section 9 of the Evidence Act applies to any witness and to
     the evidence given by him or her before any such officer in any such
     inquiry.

317.(6) Appeal

     317.(6) An appeal lies from an order made under subsection (1) to
     the Divisional Court upon a question of law only.

317.(7) Minister to be heard

     317.(7) The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or
     otherwise, upon the argument of any such appeal.

317.(8) No costs

     317.(8) No costs are payable by or to any person by reason of or in
     respect of any such appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (1-8).

317.(9) Order for dissolution

     317.(9) Where it appears that a corporation is in default of a
     filing requirement under the Corporations Information Act and that
     notice of such default has been sent in accordance with section 324
     to the corporation or has been published once in The Ontario
     Gazette, the Lieutenant Governor may by order, after ninety days
     after the notice has been sent or published,

          (a) cancel the letters patent of the corporation and declare it
          to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix; or

          (b) declare the corporate existence of the corporation, if it
          was incorporated otherwise than by letters patent, to be
          terminated and the corporation to be dissolved on such date as
          the order may fix. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (9); 1994, c.
          27, s. 78 (10).

317.(10) Revival

     317.(10) Where a corporation has been dissolved under subsection (9)
     or any predecessor thereof, the Lieutenant Governor, on the
     application of any interested person, may in his or her discretion
     by order, on such terms and conditions as he or she sees fit to
     impose, revive the corporation, and thereupon the corporation shall,
     subject to the terms and conditions of the order and to any rights
     acquired by any person after its dissolution, be restored to its
     legal position, including all its property, rights, privileges and
     franchises, and be subject to all its liabilities, contracts,
     disabilities and debts, as at the date of its dissolution, in the
     same manner and to the same extent as if it had not been dissolved.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 317 (10); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (11).

318.(1) Continuation of existence for particular purpose

     318. 318.(1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation under this
     Act,

          (a) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
          commenced by or against the corporation before its dissolution
          may be continued as if the corporation had not been dissolved;

          (b) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
          may be brought against the corporation as if the corporation
          had not been dissolved;

          (c) any property that would have been available to satisfy any
          judgment or order if the corporation had not been dissolved
          remains available for such purpose; and

          (d) title to land belonging to the corporation immediately
          before its dissolution remains available to be sold in power of
          sale proceedings.

318.(2) Interpretation

     318.(2) In this section and section 322,

        "proceeding" includes a power of sale proceeding relating to land
         commenced pursuant to a mortgage.

318.(3) Service of process

     318.(3) For the purposes of this section, the service of any process
     on a corporation after its dissolution shall be deemed to be
     sufficiently made if it is made upon any person shown on the records
     of the Ministry as being a director or officer of the corporation
     immediately before the dissolution.

318.(4) Notice of action

     318.(4) A person who commences an action, suit or proceeding against
     a corporation after its dissolution, shall serve the writ or other
     document commencing the action, suit or proceeding, on the Public
     Guardian and Trustee in accordance with the rules that apply
     generally to service on a party to an action, suit or proceeding.

318.(5) Notice of power of sale proceeding

     318.(5) A person who commences a power of sale proceeding relating
     to land against a corporation after its dissolution shall serve a
     notice of the proceeding on the Public Guardian and Trustee in
     accordance with the notice requirements in the Mortgages Act that
     apply with respect to a person with an interest in the land recorded
     in the records of the appropriate land registry office. 1998, c. 18,
     Sched. E, s. 79.

319.(1) Surrender of charter

     319.(1) The charter of a corporation incorporated by letters patent
     may be surrendered if the corporation proves to the satisfaction of
     the Lieutenant Governor,

          (a) that the surrender of its charter has been authorized,

             (i) by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of its
             shareholders or members duly called for that purpose or by
             such other vote as the letters patent or supplementary
             letters patent of the corporation provide, or

             (ii) by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or
             members entitled to vote at such meeting;

          (b) that it has parted with its property by distributing it
          rateably among its shareholders or members according to their
          rights and interests in the corporation;

          (c) that it has no debts, obligations or liabilities or its
          debts, obligations or liabilities have been duly provided for
          or protected or its creditors or other persons having interests
          in its debts, obligations or liabilities consent; and

          (d) that there are no proceedings pending in any court against
          it. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 319 (1); 1994, c. 27, s. 78 (12).

319.(2) Acceptance of surrender and dissolution of corporation

     319.(2) The Lieutenant Governor, upon due compliance with this
     section, may by order accept the surrender of the charter and
     declare the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order
     may fix.

319.(3) Where shareholder unknown

     319.(3) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a shareholder
     or member is unknown or the whereabouts of a shareholder or member
     is unknown, it may, by agreement with the Public Trustee, deliver or
     convey the person's share of the property to the Public Trustee to
     be held in trust for the person, and such delivery or conveyance
     shall be deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders
     or members for the purposes of clause (1) (b).

319.(4) Where creditor unknown

     319.(4) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a creditor is
     unknown or the whereabouts of a creditor is unknown, it may, by
     agreement with the Public Trustee, pay to the Public Trustee an
     amount equal to the amount of the debt due to the creditor to be
     held in trust for the creditor, and such payment shall be deemed to
     be due protection of the debt for the purposes of clause (1) (c).

319.(5) Power to convert

     319.(5) If the share of the property so delivered or conveyed to the
     Public Trustee under subsection (3) is in a form other than money,
     the Public Trustee may at any time, and within ten years after such
     delivery or conveyance shall, convert it into money.

319.(6) Payment to person entitled

     319.(6) If the share of the property delivered or conveyed under
     subsection (3) or its equivalent in money, or the amount paid under
     subsection (4), as the case may be, is claimed by the person
     beneficially entitled thereto within ten years after it was so
     delivered, conveyed or paid, it shall be delivered, conveyed or paid
     to the person, but, if not so claimed, it vests in the Public
     Trustee for the use of Ontario, and, if the person beneficially
     entitled thereto at any time thereafter establishes the person's
     right thereto to the satisfaction of the Lieutenant Governor in
     Council, an amount equal to the amount so vested in the Public
     Trustee shall be paid to the person.

319.(7) Property now held by Public Trustee

     319.(7) Where an order has been made before the 30th day of April,
     1954, accepting the surrender of the charter of a corporation and
     the Public Trustee is holding property of the corporation in trust
     for its shareholders, members or creditors, subsections (5) and (6)
     apply to the property so held, except that the ten-year period
     mentioned in subsection (6) commences on the 30th day of April,
     1954. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 319 (2-7).

320. Termination of existence of corporation not incorporated by letters patent

     320. The corporate existence of a corporation incorporated otherwise
     than by letters patent may be terminated by order of the Lieutenant
     Governor upon application therefor by such corporation under like
     circumstances, in like manner and with like effect as a corporation
     incorporated by letters patent may surrender its charter. R.S.O.
     1990, c. C.38, s. 320.

321.(1) Liability of shareholders to creditors

     321.(1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation, the shareholders
     or members among whom its property has been distributed remain
     liable to its creditors to the amount received by them respectively
     upon such distribution, and an action may be brought within one year
     from the date of such dissolution in a court of competent
     jurisdiction to enforce such liability.

321.(2) Action against one shareholder as representing class

     321.(2) Where there are numerous shareholders or members, such court
     may permit an action to be brought against one or more shareholders
     or members as representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff
     establishes the plaintiff's claim as creditor, may make an order of
     reference and add as parties on the reference all such shareholders
     or members as are found and the referee shall determine the amount
     that each should contribute towards the plaintiff's claim and may
     direct payment of the sums so determined. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.
     321.

322.(1) Forfeiture of undisposed property

     322.(1) Any property of a corporation that has not been disposed of
     at the date of its dissolution is immediately on the dissolution
     forfeit to and vests in the Crown.

322.(2) Exception

     322.(2) Despite subsection (1), if a judgment is given or an order
     or decision is made or land is sold in an action, suit or proceeding
     commenced in accordance with section 318 and the judgment, order,
     decision or sale affects property belonging to the corporation
     before its dissolution, unless the plaintiff, applicant or mortgagee
     has not complied with subsection 318 (4) or (5),

          (a) the property shall be available to satisfy the judgment,
          order or other decision; and

          (b) title to the land shall be transferred to a purchaser free
          of the Crown's interest, in the case of a power of sale
          proceeding.

322.(3) No notice

     322.(3) Despite clause (2) (b), a person who commences a power of
     sale proceeding relating to land before the dissolution of a
     corporation but the sale of the land was not completed until after
     the dissolution, is not required to serve the notice mentioned in
     subsection 318 (5) and title to the land may be transferred to a
     purchaser free of the Crown's interest. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s.80.

323. Evidence of by-laws

     323. A copy of any by-law of a corporation under its seal and
     purporting to be signed by an officer of the corporation, or a
     certificate similarly authenticated to the effect that a person is a
     shareholder or member of the corporation and that dues or other sums
     payable are due and have not been paid, or that a call or assessment
     that has been made is due and has not been paid, shall be received
     in all courts as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary,
     of the by-law or of the statements contained in such certificate.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 323.

324.(1) Service of notice

     324.(1) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent
     or by-laws, a notice or demand to be served or made by a corporation
     upon a shareholder or member may be served or made personally or
     sent by registered letter addressed to the shareholder or member at
     the person's last address as shown on the books of the corporation.

324.(2) Time of service

     324.(2) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent
     or by-laws, a notice or other document served by mail by a
     corporation on a shareholder or member shall be deemed to be served
     at the time when it would be delivered in the ordinary course of
     mail. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 324.

324.(3) Delivery of notices, etc.

     324.(3) A notice or other document that is required or permitted by
     this Act or the regulations to be sent by the Lieutenant Governor or
     the Minister may be sent by ordinary mail or by any method,
     including registered mail, certified mail or prepaid courier, where
     there is a record by the person who has delivered it that the notice
     or document has been sent.

324.(4) Same

     324.(4) A notice or other document referred to in subsection (3) may
     be sent by telephone transmission of a facsimile of the notice or
     other document or by another form of electronic transmission where
     there is a record that the notice or other document has been sent.

324.(5) Deemed delivery

     324.(5) A notice or other document sent by mail by the Lieutenant
     Governor or Minister shall be deemed to have been received by the
     intended recipient on the earlier of,

          (a) the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or

          (b) the fifth business day after the day it is mailed.

324.(6) Same

     324.(6) A notice or other document sent by a method referred to in
     subsection (4) shall be deemed to have been received by the intended
     recipient on the earlier of,

          (a) the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or

          (b) the first business day after the day the transmission is
          sent by the Lieutenant Governor or Minister. 1994, c. 27, s. 78
          (13).

325. Proof of matters under this Act

     325. Proof of any matter that is necessary to be made under this Act
     may be made by certificate. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 325.

326. Reciprocal insurance

     326. A corporation that insures property with or insures the
     property of other persons, where such insurance is reciprocal and
     for protection only and not for profit, shall not be deemed to be an
     insurer or an insurance corporation within the meaning of this Act.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 326.

326.1.(1) Powers of Minister

     326.1.(1) The Minister may make regulations prescribing the form and 
content of letters patent, supplementary
     letters patent, or other documents or notices that this Act requires
     to be filed.

326.1.(2) Fees

     326.1.(2) The Minister may by order require the payment of fees and
     approve the amount of the fees to be paid under this Act for,

          (a) the filing of letters patent, supplementary letters patent
          and other documents or other services; and

          (b) search reports, copies of documents and information, or
          other services. 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 81.

327. Regulations

     327. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,

     .   .   .   .   .

Note: Despite the repeal of clause (a) by the Statutes of Ontario, 1998,
chapter 18, Schedule E, subsection 82 (1), regulations made under clause
(a), as that clause read immediately before March 1, 1999, continue until
the Minister makes an order under subsection 326.1 (2), as enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, section 81, that is
inconsistent with those regulations. See: 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 82
(2). Note: Despite the repeal of clause (a) by the Statutes of Ontario,
1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, subsection 82 (1), the Lieutenant Governor
in Council may by regulation revoke regulations made under clause

     (a), as that clause read immediately before March 1, 1999, if the
     Minister makes an order under subsection 326.1 (2), as enacted by
     the Statutes of Ontario, 1998, chapter 18, Schedule E, section 81,
     that is inconsistent with those regulations. See: 1998, c. 18,
     Sched. E, s. 82 (3).

     (b) respecting any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council
     considers requisite for carrying out the objects of this Act, and,
     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, respecting names
     of corporations or classes thereof, objects of corporations,
     authorized capital of companies, the preferences, rights,
     conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to
     shares or classes of shares of companies, or any other matter
     pertaining to letters patent, supplementary letters patent or orders
     or the applications therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 327; 1998, c.
     18, Sched. E, s. 82 (1).

328. Fees to be paid in advance

     328. No letters patent and no supplementary letters patent shall be
     issued and no order shall be made and no document shall be accepted
     for filing under this Act until all fees therefor have been paid.
     R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 328.

329. Appeal

     329. An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from any order made by a
     court under this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 329.

330.(1) Untrue statements

     330. 330.(1) Every person who makes or assists in making a statement
     in any return, certificate, financial statement or other document
     required by or for the purposes of this Act or the regulations made
     under this Act, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an offence and
     on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000 or to
     imprisonment for a term of not more than three months, or to both.

330.(2) Limitation of action

     330.(2) No prosecution under subsection (1) shall be commenced more
     than one year after the facts upon which the prosecution is based
     first came to the personal knowledge of the Minister or Deputy
     Minister. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 330.

331. General penalty

     331. Every corporation that, and every person who, being a director
     or officer of the corporation, or acting on its behalf, commits any
     act contrary to this Act, or fails or neglects to comply with any
     such provision, is guilty of an offence and on conviction, if no
     penalty for such act, failure or neglect is expressly provided by
     this Act, is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 331.

332. Aggrieved shareholders

     332. Where a shareholder or member or creditor of a corporation is
     aggrieved by the failure of the corporation or a director, officer
     or employee of the corporation to perform any duty imposed by this
     Act, the shareholder, member or creditor, despite the imposition of
     any penalty and in addition to any other rights that he, she or it
     may have, may apply to the court for an order directing the
     corporation, director, officer or employee, as the case may be, to
     perform such duty, and upon such application the court may make such
     order or such other order as the court thinks fit. R.S.O. 1990, c.
     C.38, s. 332.

333.(1) Order for compliance

     333.(1) Where it appears to the Commission that any person or
     company to which section 73, subsection 85 (1) or subsection 86 (1)
     applies has failed to comply with or is contravening any such
     provision, despite the imposition of any penalty in respect of such
     non-compliance or contravention, the Commission may apply to the
     court for an order directing such person or company to comply with
     such provision or for an order restraining such person or company
     from contravening such provision, and upon the application, the
     court may make such order or such other order as the court thinks
     fit.

333.(2) Appeal

     333.(2) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made
     under subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 333.

334. Relief from compliance with Act

     334. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may relieve a corporation
     incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, from compliance
     with any provision of this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s. 334.

                     SCHEDULE

                     CONVERSION OF JOINT STOCK LIFE
                     COMPANIES INTO MUTUAL COMPANIES

Details of plan to be set forth in by-law

        1. The terms and provisions of any plan referred to in section
     211 of the Corporations Act shall be set forth in detail in a by-law
     made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of
     the company duly called for the purpose of considering the by-law,
     and there shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting the number
     of votes for and the number of votes against confirmation of the by-
     law, the votes of shareholders and the votes of policyholders being
     recorded separately.

Sanction of by-law by Lieutenant Governor in Council

        2. No such by-law becomes effective until sanctioned by the
     Lieutenant Governor in Council, and in no case shall any such by-law
     be sanctioned unless the Lieutenant Governor in Council is satisfied
     that,

          (a) the conversion of the company into a mutual company may
          reasonably be expected to be achieved under the terms of the
          by-law and in accordance with this paragraph;

          (b) the paid-up capital of the company has ceased to be an
          important factor in safeguarding the interests of the
          policyholders of the company, having regard to the quality and
          amount of assets of the company, the surplus of the company
          relative to its liabilities, the nature of the business carried
          on by the company and any other considerations deemed by the
          Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant;

          (c) the majority of the votes cast by shareholders and the
          majority of the votes cast by policyholders at the special
          general meeting referred to in paragraph 1, whether in person
          or by proxy, were in favour of confirmation of the by-law;

          (d) the company holds offers from shareholders, in such terms
          as to preclude the withdrawal thereof prior to notice by the
          company in accordance with paragraph 13, to sell to the
          company, at a price fixed by the directors, not less than 25
          per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital
          stock of the company immediately upon the sanction of the by-
          law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, or not less than 50
          per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital
          stock of the company within such period, commencing immediately
          upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in
          Council, as is specified in the by-law;

          (e) the amount required to purchase 25 per cent of the issued
          and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company at
          the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause (d)
          does not exceed the maximum amount, determined in accordance
          with paragraph 9, that may be applied by the company,
          immediately upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant
          Governor in Council, in payment for shares purchased under the
          terms of the by-law; and

          (f) the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause
          (d) is fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

Prices to be paid for shares purchased under by-law

        3. Upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in
     Council, the price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph
     2 shall continue to be the price that may be paid for shares
     purchased under the terms of the by-law until such price is changed
     by the directors in accordance with paragraph 4.

Change in price, when effective

        4. The directors may from time to time change the price to be
     paid for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law, but no such
     change becomes effective until approved by the Minister on the
     report of the Superintendent.

Period for which price to remain in effect

        5. The price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph 2
     and any subsequent change in price approved in accordance with
     paragraph 4 shall remain in effect for a period of not less than six
     months from the date of sanction of the by-law or the date of
     approval by the Minister, as the case may be.

Payment

        6. All shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be
     paid for by the company in full at the time of the purchase thereof,
     but nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as prohibiting the
     company from applying, in payment for any shares so purchased, the
     full amount of the purchase price thereof by promissory note,
     payable at a fixed or determinable future time not later than ten
     years from the date of the making thereof and bearing a rate of
     interest fixed by the directors and approved by the Minister on the
     report of the Superintendent.

Date for commencement of purchase of shares

        7. The by-law shall fix a day for the commencement of purchase of
     shares under the terms of the by-law, which day shall be not sooner
     than the day following the day the by-law is sanctioned by the
     Lieutenant Governor in Council.

Purchase of shares offered for sale

        8. Subject to paragraph 9, the company shall purchase all shares
     offered for sale under the terms of the by-law on the day or days
     fixed by the terms of the offer in each case for the sale of those
     shares and at the price in effect on the day the offer was received
     or the day fixed by the by-law for the purposes of paragraph 7,
     whichever is the later, except that no such purchase shall be made
     prior to the day so fixed by the by-law.

Limitation

        9. Despite anything in this Schedule, the maximum amount that may
     be applied by the company at any particular time in payment for
     shares purchased under the terms of the by-law is the amount by
     which,

          (a) the aggregate of the surplus and general or contingency
          reserves of the company, after deducting the excess of the book
          value over the par value of any shares purchased under the
          terms of the by-law on or before the date as of which the
          condition and affairs of the company are required to be shown
          in the most recent annual statement as required by the
          Corporations Act,

     exceeds the aggregate of,

          (b) 6 per cent of the total assets of the company, or such
          lesser percentage of the total assets of the company as may be
          approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon
          application by the company, as safe and reasonable in the
          circumstances having regard to the bases and methods used in
          the computation of the policy reserves of the company, the
          quality of its assets, the nature of the business transacted by
          the company, the earnings of the company and any other matters
          deemed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant
          thereto; and

          (c) the total amount applied by the company before that
          particular time in payment for any shares purchased under the
          terms of the by-law after the date referred to in clause (a).

Idem

        10. For the purposes of paragraph 9, the assets, surplus and
     general or contingency reserves of the company and the book value of
     any shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be taken as
     shown in the annual statement referred to in clause (a) of paragraph
     9.

Number of shares to be purchased from each shareholder offering shares

        11. Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company may, at any
     particular time, purchase some but not all of the shares in respect
     of which offers for sale at that time have been received, the amount
     that may be applied by the company at that time in payment for
     shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be applied by
     the company by apportionment among all of the shares so offered for
     sale at that time, or any of them, in such manner as is specified in
     the by-law.

Register to be kept

        12. The company shall cause a register to be kept in which shall
     be recorded the offers for sale of shares under the terms of the by-
     law in the order in which such offers are received by the company,
     showing, in respect of each such offer,

          (a) the date of receipt by the company of the offer;

          (b) the name and address of the shareholder making the offer;

          (c) the number of shares so offered by the shareholder making
          the offer and the day or days fixed by the terms of the offer
          for the sale of those shares;

          (d) the price at which each of the shares so offered may be
          purchased;

          (e) the date of purchase, if any, of each of the shares so
          offered and the number of shares purchased; and

          (f) the date of withdrawal, if any, of the offer and the number
          of shares affected thereby.

Notice to shareholders of discontinuation of purchases

        13. Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company is required to
     discontinue the purchase of shares under the terms of the by-law,
     the company shall give notice of such discontinuation to each
     shareholder on the register whose offer for the sale of shares has
     not been fully taken up by the company, but any such offer as
     regards shares not so purchased shall continue to be effective and
     shall maintain its place on the register until withdrawn by the
     shareholder by notice in writing to the company.

Shares purchased: general

        14. Where the company has purchased any shares of the capital
     stock of the company under the terms of the by-law,

          (a) the number of policyholders' directors of the company shall
          at all times thereafter be not less than,

             (i) one-third of the total number of directors, or

             (ii) that proportion of the total number of directors, as
             nearly as may be, that the total number of shares purchased
             under the terms of the by-law is of the total number of
             shares outstanding immediately prior to the sanction of the
             by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council,

          whichever is the greater, except that nothing in this clause
          shall be held to require an increase in the number of
          policyholders' directors except as vacancies occur among the
          shareholders' directors;

          (b) the company shall not thereafter sell any of the shares so
          purchased, issue any new capital stock or make any calls on
          shares of the capital stock subscribed;

          (c) any dividends thereafter payable to shareholders shall be
          at a rate not less than the average rate paid in the three
          years immediately preceding the sanction of the by-law by the
          Lieutenant Governor in Council, unless the company establishes
          to the satisfaction of the Minister that a reduction therein is
          justified by reason of the earnings and general financial
          condition of the company; and

          (d) shares purchased under the terms of the by-law rank equally
          with other shares in the declaration of dividends to
          shareholders, but any dividends that may be payable in respect
          of shares so purchased shall be paid by transfer of the
          applicable amount from the shareholders' account to the
          insurance funds of the company.

Idem

        15. In respect of each share purchased under the terms of the by-law, 
until the capital stock of the company has
     been cancelled in accordance with paragraph 20,

          (a) the company may include in its assets shown in the annual
          statement required by the Corporations Act an amount not
          exceeding the purchase price of the share, minus one-fifth of
          the excess of the purchase price over the par value thereof for
          each complete year that has elapsed since the date of purchase
          of the share; and

          (b) the policyholders' directors shall have additional voting
          rights corresponding to the voting rights that might have been
          exercised by the holder of the share if the holder had not sold
          it, and, unless the by-law otherwise provides, such additional
          voting rights shall be divided as nearly as may be equally
          among the policyholders' directors, and the remainder, if any,
          shall be exercised by such one of the policyholders' directors
          as is designated for the purpose by resolution of all of the
          directors.

Notice where 90 per cent or more of shares acquired by company

        16. At such time as the company first acquires 90 per cent or
     more of the shares of its capital stock, it shall notify the
     Minister and each of the remaining shareholders of the company to
     that effect, and, for the purposes of this paragraph, notice to any
     shareholder shall be deemed to have been given by the company if the
     company has forwarded to the shareholder by registered mail, at the
     shareholder's address shown in the book or books in which the names
     of the shareholders of the company are recorded, the notice required
     by this paragraph.

Contents of notice

        17. The notice required by paragraph 16 to be given to each of
     the remaining shareholders of the company shall request each such
     shareholder to offer the shareholder's shares for sale forthwith to
     the company, and shall state therein the substance of paragraph 18.

Acquisition of remaining shares by company

        18. All shares of a shareholder remaining outstanding at the
     expiration of six months from the date of the notice required by
     paragraph 16, or at the expiration of such further period as may be
     required by reason of paragraph 9, shall, upon tender by the company
     to the shareholder of an amount equal to the price in effect,

          (a) in the case of shares in respect of which any offer for
          sale was received by the company prior to the date of the
          notice, on the day the offer was received; or

          (b) in the case of any other shares, on the date of the notice,

     be deemed to have been purchased by the company, and, for the
     purposes of this paragraph, tender shall be deemed to have been made
     to a shareholder by the company if made to the shareholder in person
     or by registered mail forwarded to the shareholder at the
     shareholder's address shown in the book or books referred to in
     paragraph 16.

Amount tendered to be retained for payment

        19. Where tender of an amount in accordance with paragraph 18 has
     been made and the amount so tendered has not been accepted, the
     amount so tendered shall be retained by the company for payment to
     the person entitled thereto, and until so paid shall be shown on the
     books of the company as a liability.

Retirement and cancellation of capital stock

        20. Where the company has purchased or is deemed by paragraph 18
     to have purchased all of the shares of the capital stock of the
     company and the shares have been written down in the books of the
     company to their par value, the capital stock of the company shall
     thereupon be retired and cancelled by resolution of the board of
     directors, and the company shall then become a mutual company
     without capital stock, having for its members the participating
     policyholders and such other policyholders, if any, as may be
     authorized by by-law, and the directors shall take all necessary
     steps to reorganize the affairs of the company accordingly.

No change in by-law except with sanction of Lieutenant Governor in Council

        21. No change in any by-law of a company described in paragraph 1
     shall be made after the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant
     Governor in Council, except by a subsequent by-law of the company
     made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of
     the company duly called for that purpose, and no such subsequent by-
     law becomes effective until sanctioned by the Lieutenant Governor in
     Council.

Definitions

        22. In this Schedule,

       "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council charged for
        the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the
        administration of the Insurance Act;

        "Superintendent" means the Superintendent of Financial Services.

                           R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, Scheers 1997, c. 28, s. 51.

[end]